wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 198 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 199 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 200 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 201 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 202 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 203 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 204 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 205 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 206 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 207 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 208 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 209 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 210 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 211 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 212 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 213 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 214 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 215 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 216 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 217 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 218 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 219 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 220 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 221 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 224 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 225 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 226 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 227 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 228 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 229 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 230 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 231 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 232 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 233 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 234 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 235 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 236 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 237 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 238 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 239 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 240 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 241 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 242 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 243 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 244 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 245 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 246 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 247 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 248 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 249 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 250 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 251 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 252 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 253 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 254 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 255 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 256 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 257 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 258 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 259 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 260 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 261 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 262 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 265 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 266 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 267 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 268 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 269 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 270 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 271 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 272 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 273 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 274 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 275 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 276 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 277 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 278 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 279 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 280 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 281 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 282 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 283 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 284 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 285 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 286 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 287 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 288 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 289 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 290 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 291 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 292 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 293 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 294 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 295 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 296 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 297 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 298 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 299 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 300 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 301 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 302 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 303 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 304 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 305 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 306 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 307 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 308 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 309 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 310 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 311 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 312 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 313 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 314 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 315 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 316 UP = _core_.UP
 317 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 318 TOP = _core_.TOP
 319 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 320 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 321 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 322 WEST = _core_.WEST
 323 EAST = _core_.EAST
 324 ALL = _core_.ALL
 325 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 326 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 327 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 328 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 329 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 330 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 331 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 332 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 333 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 334 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 335 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 336 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 337 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 338 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 339 GROW = _core_.GROW
 340 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 341 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 342 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 343 TILE = _core_.TILE
 344 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 345 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 346 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 347 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 348 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 349 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 350 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 351 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 352 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 353 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 354 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 355 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 356 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 357 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 358 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 359 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 360 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 361 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 362 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 363 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 364 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 365 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 366 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 367 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 368 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 369 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 370 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 371 DOT = _core_.DOT
 372 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 373 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 374 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 375 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 376 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 377 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 378 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 379 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 380 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 381 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 382 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 383 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 384 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 385 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 386 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 387 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 388 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 389 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 390 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 391 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 392 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 393 XOR = _core_.XOR
 394 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 395 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 396 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 397 COPY = _core_.COPY
 398 AND = _core_.AND
 399 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 400 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 401 NOR = _core_.NOR
 402 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 403 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 404 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 405 NAND = _core_.NAND
 406 OR = _core_.OR
 407 SET = _core_.SET
 408 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 409 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 410 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 411 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 412 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 413 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 414 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 415 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 416 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 417 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 418 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 419 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 420 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 421 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 422 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 423 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 424 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 425 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 426 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 427 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 428 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 429 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 430 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 431 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 432 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 433 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 434 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 435 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 436 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 437 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 438 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 439 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 440 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 441 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 442 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 443 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 444 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 445 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 446 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 447 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 448 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 449 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 450 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 451 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 452 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 453 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 454 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 455 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 456 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 457 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 458 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 459 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 460 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 461 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 462 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 463 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 464 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 465 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 466 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 467 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 468 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 469 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 470 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 471 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 472 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 473 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 474 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 475 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 476 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 477 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 478 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 479 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 480 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 481 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 482 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 483 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 511 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 512 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 513 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 514 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 515 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 516 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 517 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 518 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 519 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 520 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 521 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 522 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 523 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 524 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 525 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 526 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 527 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 528 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 529 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 530 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 531 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 532 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 533 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 534 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 535 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 536 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 537 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 538 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 539 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 540 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 541 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 542 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 543 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 544 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 545 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 546 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 547 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 548 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 549 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 550 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 551 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 552 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 553 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 554 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 555 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 556 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 557 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 558 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 559 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 560 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 561 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 562 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 563 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 564 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 565 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 566 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 567 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 568 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 569 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 570 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 571 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 572 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 573 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 574 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 575 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 576 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 577 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 578 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 579 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 580 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 581 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 582 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 583 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 584 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 585 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 586 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 587 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 590 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 591 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 592 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 593 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 594 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 596 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 597 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 598 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 599 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 600 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 601 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 602 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 603 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 604 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 605 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 606 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 607 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 608 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 622 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 624 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 625 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 626 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 627 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 628 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 629 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 630 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 631 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 632 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 633 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 634 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 635 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 636 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 637 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 638 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 639 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 645 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 652 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 653 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 654 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 655 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 656 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 657 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 658 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 659 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 660 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 663 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 669 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 670 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 671 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 672 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 673 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 674 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 675 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 676 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 677 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 678 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 679 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 680 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 681 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 682 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 683 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 684 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 685 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 686 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 687 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 688 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 689
 690 class Object(object):
 691     """
 692     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 693     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 694     """
 695     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 696     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 697     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 698     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 699         """
 700         GetClassName(self) -> String
 701
 702         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 703         """
 704         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 705
 706     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 707         """
 708         Destroy(self)
 709
 710         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 711         """
 712         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 713         args[0].thisown = 0
 714         return val
 715
 716 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 717 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 718 cvar = _core_.cvar
 719 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 720
 721 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 722
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 743 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 744 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 745 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 746 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 747 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 748 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 749 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 750 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 751 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 752 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 753 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 754 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 755 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 756 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 757 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 758 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 759 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 760 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 761 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 762 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 763 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 764 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 765 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 766 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 767 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 768 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 769 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 770 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 771 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 772 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 773 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 774 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 775
 776 class Size(object):
 777     """
 778     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 779     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 780     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 781     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 782     """
 783     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 784     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 785     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 786     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 787     x = width; y = height
 788     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 789         """
 790         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 791
 792         Creates a size object.
 793         """
 794         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 795     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 796     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 797     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 798         """
 799         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 800
 801         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 802         """
 803         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 804
 805     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 806         """
 807         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 808
 809         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 810         """
 811         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 812
 813     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 814         """
 815         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 816
 817         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 818         """
 819         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 820
 821     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 822         """
 823         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 824
 825         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 826         """
 827         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 828
 829     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 830         """
 831         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 832
 833         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 834         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 835         """
 836         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 837
 838     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 839         """
 840         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 841
 842         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 843         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 844         """
 845         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 846
 847     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 848         """
 849         Set(self, int w, int h)
 850
 851         Set both width and height.
 852         """
 853         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 854
 855     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 856         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 857         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 858
 859     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 860         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 861         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 862
 863     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 864         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 865         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 866
 867     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 868         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 869         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 870
 871     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 872         """
 873         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 874
 875         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 876         """
 877         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 878
 879     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 880         """
 881         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 882
 883         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 884         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 885         """
 886         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 887
 888     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 889         """
 890         Get() -> (width,height)
 891
 892         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 893         """
 894         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 895
 896     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 897     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 898     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 899     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 900     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 901     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 902         if index == 0: self.width = val
 903         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 904         else: raise IndexError
 905     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 906     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 907     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 908
 909 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 910
 911 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 912
 913 class RealPoint(object):
 914     """
 915     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 916     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 917     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 918     """
 919     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 920     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 921     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 922     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 923     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 924         """
 925         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 926
 927         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 928         """
 929         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 930     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 931     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 932     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 933         """
 934         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 935
 936         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 937         """
 938         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 939
 940     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 941         """
 942         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 943
 944         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 945         """
 946         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 947
 948     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 949         """
 950         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 951
 952         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 953         """
 954         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 955
 956     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 957         """
 958         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 959
 960         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 961         """
 962         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 963
 964     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 965         """
 966         Set(self, double x, double y)
 967
 968         Set both the x and y properties
 969         """
 970         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 971
 972     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 973         """
 974         Get() -> (x,y)
 975
 976         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 977         """
 978         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 979
 980     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 981     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 982     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 983     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 984     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 985     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 986         if index == 0: self.x = val
 987         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 988         else: raise IndexError
 989     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 990     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 991     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
 992
 993 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
 994
 995 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 996
 997 class Point(object):
 998     """
 999     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1000     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1001     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1002     """
1003     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1004     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1005     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1006     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1007     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1008         """
1009         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1010
1011         Create a wx.Point object
1012         """
1013         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1014     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1015     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1016     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1017         """
1018         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1019
1020         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1021         """
1022         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1023
1024     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1025         """
1026         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1027
1028         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1029         """
1030         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1031
1032     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1033         """
1034         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1035
1036         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1037         """
1038         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1039
1040     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1041         """
1042         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1043
1044         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1045         """
1046         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1047
1048     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1049         """
1050         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1051
1052         Add pt to this object.
1053         """
1054         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1055
1056     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1057         """
1058         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1059
1060         Subtract pt from this object.
1061         """
1062         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1063
1064     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1065         """
1066         Set(self, long x, long y)
1067
1068         Set both the x and y properties
1069         """
1070         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1071
1072     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1073         """
1074         Get() -> (x,y)
1075
1076         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1077         """
1078         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1079
1080     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1081     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1082     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1083     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1084     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1085     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1086         if index == 0: self.x = val
1087         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1088         else: raise IndexError
1089     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1090     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1091     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1092
1093 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1094
1095 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1096
1097 class Rect(object):
1098     """
1099     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1100     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1101     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1102     """
1103     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1104     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1105     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1106         """
1107         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1108
1109         Create a new Rect object.
1110         """
1111         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1112     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1113     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1114     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1115         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1116         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1117
1118     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1119         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1120         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1121
1122     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1123         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1124         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1125
1126     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1127         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1128         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1129
1130     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1131         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1132         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1133
1134     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1135         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1136         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1137
1138     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1139         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1140         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1141
1142     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1143         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1144         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1145
1146     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1147         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1148         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1149
1150     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1151         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1152         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1153
1154     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1155         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1156         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1157
1158     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1159         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1160         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1161
1162     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1163         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1164         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1165
1166     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1167         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1168         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1169
1170     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1171         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1172         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1173
1174     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1175         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1176         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1177
1178     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1179         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1180         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1181
1182     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1183         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1184         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1185
1186     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1187         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1188         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1189
1190     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1191         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1192         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1193
1194     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1195         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1196         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1197
1198     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1199         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1200         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1201
1202     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1203         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1204         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1205
1206     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1207         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1208         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1209
1210     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1211         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1212         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1213
1214     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1215     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1216     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1217     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1218     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1219     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1220
1221     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1222         """
1223         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1224
1225         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1226
1227         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1228         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1229         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1230         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1231         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1232         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1233         direction.
1234
1235         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1236         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1237         first::
1238
1239             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1240             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1241
1242
1243         """
1244         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1245
1246     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1247         """
1248         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1249
1250         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1251         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1252         `Inflate` for a full description.
1253         """
1254         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1255
1256     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1257         """
1258         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1259
1260         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1261         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1262         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1263         """
1264         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1265
1266     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1267         """
1268         Offset(self, Point pt)
1269
1270         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1271         """
1272         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1273
1274     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1275         """
1276         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1277
1278         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1279         """
1280         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1281
1282     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1283         """
1284         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1285
1286         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1287         """
1288         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1289
1290     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1291         """
1292         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1293
1294         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1295         """
1296         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1297
1298     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1299         """
1300         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1301
1302         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1303         """
1304         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1305
1306     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1307         """
1308         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1309
1310         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1311         """
1312         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1313
1314     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1315         """
1316         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1317
1318         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1319         """
1320         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1321
1322     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1323         """
1324         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1325
1326         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1327         """
1328         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1329
1330     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1331         """
1332         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1333
1334         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1335         """
1336         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1337
1338     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1339         """
1340         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1341
1342         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1343         """
1344         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1345
1346     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1347         """
1348         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1349
1350         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1351         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1352         """
1353         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1354
1355     CentreIn = CenterIn
1356     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1357     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1358     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1359     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1360     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1361         """
1362         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1363
1364         Set all rectangle properties.
1365         """
1366         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1367
1368     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1369         """
1370         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1371
1372         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1373         """
1374         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1375
1376     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1377     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1378     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1379     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1380     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1381     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1382         if index == 0: self.x = val
1383         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1384         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1385         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1386         else: raise IndexError
1387     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1388     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1389     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1390
1391 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1392
1393 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1394     """
1395     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1396
1397     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1398     """
1399     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1400     return val
1401
1402 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1403     """
1404     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1405
1406     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1407     """
1408     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1409     return val
1410
1411 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1412     """
1413     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1414
1415     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1416     """
1417     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1418     return val
1419
1420
1421 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1422   """
1423     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1424
1425     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1426     """
1427   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1428 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1429
1430 class Point2D(object):
1431     """
1432     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1433     with floating point values.
1434     """
1435     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1436     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1437     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1438         """
1439         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1440
1441         Create a w.Point2D object.
1442         """
1443         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1444     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1445         """
1446         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1447
1448         Convert to integer
1449         """
1450         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1451
1452     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1453         """
1454         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1455
1456         Convert to integer
1457         """
1458         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1459
1460     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1461         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1462         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1463
1464     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1465         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1466         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1467
1468     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1469         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1470         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1471
1472     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1473         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1474         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1475
1476     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1477         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1478         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1479     def Normalize(self):
1480         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1481
1482     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1483         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1484         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1485
1486     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1487         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1488         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1489
1490     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1491         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1492         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1493
1494     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1495         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1496         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1497
1498     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1499         """
1500         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1501
1502         the reflection of this point
1503         """
1504         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1505
1506     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1507         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1508         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1509
1510     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1511         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1512         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1513
1514     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1515         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1516         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1517
1518     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1519         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1520         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1523         """
1524         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1525
1526         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1527         """
1528         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1531         """
1532         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1533
1534         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1535         """
1536         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1537
1538     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1539     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1540     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1541         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1542         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1543
1544     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1545         """
1546         Get() -> (x,y)
1547
1548         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1549         """
1550         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1551
1552     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1553     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1554     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1555     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1556     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1557     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1558         if index == 0: self.x = val
1559         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1560         else: raise IndexError
1561     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1562     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1563     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1564
1565 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1566
1567 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1568     """
1569     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1570
1571     Create a w.Point2D object.
1572     """
1573     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1574     return val
1575
1576 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1577     """
1578     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1579
1580     Create a w.Point2D object.
1581     """
1582     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1583     return val
1584
1585 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1586
1587 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1588 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1589 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1590 class InputStream(object):
1591     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1592     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1593     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1594     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1595         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1596         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1597     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1598     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1599     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1600         """close(self)"""
1601         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1602
1603     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1604         """flush(self)"""
1605         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1606
1607     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1608         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1609         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1610
1611     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1612         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1613         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1614
1615     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1616         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1617         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1618
1619     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1620         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1621         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1622
1623     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1624         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1625         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1626
1627     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1628         """tell(self) -> int"""
1629         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1630
1631     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1632         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1633         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1634
1635     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1636         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1637         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1638
1639     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1640         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1641         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1642
1643     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1644         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1645         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1646
1647     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1648         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1649         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1650
1651     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1652         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1653         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1654
1655     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1656         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1657         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1658
1659     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1660         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1661         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1662
1663 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1664 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1665 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1666
1667 class OutputStream(object):
1668     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1669     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1670     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1671     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1672     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1673         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1674         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1675
1676     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1677         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1678         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1679
1680 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1681
1682 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1683
1684 class FSFile(Object):
1685     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1686     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1687     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1688     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1689         """
1690         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1691             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1692         """
1693         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1694         self.thisown = 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem
1695
1696     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1697     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1698     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1699         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1700         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1701
1702     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1703         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1704         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1705
1706     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1707         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1708         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1709
1710     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1711         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1712         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1713
1714     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1715         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1716         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1717
1718 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1719
1720 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1721     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1722     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1723     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1724     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1725     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1726     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1727 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1728
1729 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1730     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1731     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1732     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1733     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1734         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1735         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1736         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1737
1738     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1739         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1740         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1741
1742     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1743         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1744         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1745
1746     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1747         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1748         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1749
1750     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1751         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1752         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1753
1754     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1755         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1756         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1757
1758     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1759         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1760         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1761
1762     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1763         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1764         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1765
1766     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1767         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1768         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1769
1770     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1771         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1772         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1773
1774     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1775         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1776         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1777
1778 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1779
1780 class FileSystem(Object):
1781     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1782     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1783     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1784     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1785         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1786         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1787     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1788     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1789     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1790         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1791         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1792
1793     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1794         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1795         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1796
1797     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1798         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1799         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1800
1801     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1802         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1803         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1804
1805     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1806         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1807         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1808
1809     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1810         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1811         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1812
1813     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1814     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1815         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1816         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1817
1818     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1819     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1820         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1821         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1822
1823     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1824     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1825         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1826         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1827
1828     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1829 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1830
1831 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1832   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1833   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1834
1835 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1836   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1837   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1838
1839 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1840   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1841   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1842
1843 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1844   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1845   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1846
1847 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1848     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1849     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1850     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1851     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1852         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1853         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1854     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1855         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1856         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1857
1858     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1859         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1860         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1861
1862 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1863
1864 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1865     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1866     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1867     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1868     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1869         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1870         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1871     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1872         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1873         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1874
1875     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1876         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1877         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1878
1879     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1880         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1881         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1882
1883     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1884         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1885         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1886
1887 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1888
1889
1890 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1891   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1892   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1893
1894 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1895   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1896   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1897
1898 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1899   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1900   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1901 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1902     """
1903     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1904     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1905     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1906     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1907     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1908     """
1909     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1910         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1911     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1912         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1913     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1914         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1915     else:
1916         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1917
1918 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1919     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1920     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1921     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1922     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1923         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1924         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1925     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1926         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1927         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1928
1929     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1930     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1931     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1932         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1933         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1934
1935     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1936         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1937         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1938
1939     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1940         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1941         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1942
1943     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1944         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1945         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1946
1947 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1948
1949 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1950   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1951   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1952
1953 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1954 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1955 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1956 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1957
1958 class ImageHandler(Object):
1959     """
1960     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1961     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1962     normally seen by the application.
1963     """
1964     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1965     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1966     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1967     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1968         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1969         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1970
1971     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1972         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1973         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1974
1975     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1976         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1977         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1978
1979     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1980         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1981         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1982
1983     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1984         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
1985         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1986
1987     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
1988         """SetName(self, String name)"""
1989         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
1990
1991     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1992         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
1993         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1994
1995     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
1996         """SetType(self, long type)"""
1997         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
1998
1999     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2000         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2001         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2002
2003 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2004
2005 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2006     """
2007     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2008     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2009     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2010     the following methods::
2011
2012         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2013             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2014
2015         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2016             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2017
2018         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2019             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2020                this handler's image file format.'''
2021
2022         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2023             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2024                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2025
2026     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2027     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2028     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2029
2030     """
2031     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2032     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2033     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2034         """
2035         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2036
2037         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2038         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2039         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2040         the following methods::
2041
2042             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2043                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2044
2045             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2046                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2047
2048             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2049                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2050                    this handler's image file format.'''
2051
2052             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2053                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2054                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2055
2056         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2057         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2058         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2059
2060         """
2061         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2062         self._SetSelf(self)
2063
2064     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2065         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2066         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2067
2068 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2069
2070 class ImageHistogram(object):
2071     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2072     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2073     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2074     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2075         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2076         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2077     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2078         """
2079         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2080
2081         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2082         """
2083         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2084
2085     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2086     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2087         """
2088         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2089
2090         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2091         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2092         success flag and rgb values.
2093         """
2094         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2095
2096     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2097         """
2098         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2099
2100         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2101         key value from a RGB tripple.
2102         """
2103         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2104
2105     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2106         """
2107         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2108
2109         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2110         """
2111         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2112
2113     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2114         """
2115         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2116
2117         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2118         """
2119         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2120
2121 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2122
2123 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2124   """
2125     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2126
2127     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2128     """
2129   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2130
2131 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2132     """
2133     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2134     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2135     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2136     color space.
2137     """
2138     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2139     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2140     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2141         """
2142         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2143
2144         Constructor.
2145         """
2146         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2147     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2148     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2149     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2150 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2151
2152 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2153     """
2154     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2155     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2156     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2157     color space.
2158     """
2159     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2160     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2161     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2162         """
2163         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2164
2165         Constructor.
2166         """
2167         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2168     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2169     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2170     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2171 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2172
2173 class Image(Object):
2174     """
2175     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2176     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2177     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2178     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2179
2180     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2181     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2182     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2183     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2184
2185     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2186     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2187     bitmap object.
2188
2189     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2190     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2191     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2192     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2193     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2194
2195     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2196     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2197     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2198     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2199     """
2200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2203         """
2204         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2205
2206         Loads an image from a file.
2207         """
2208         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2209     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2210     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2211     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2212         """
2213         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2214
2215         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2216         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2217         """
2218         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2219
2220     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2221         """
2222         Destroy(self)
2223
2224         Destroys the image data.
2225         """
2226         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2227         args[0].thisown = 0
2228         return val
2229
2230     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2231         """
2232         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2233
2234         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2235         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2236         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2237         """
2238         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2239
2240     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2241         """
2242         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2243
2244         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2245         """
2246         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2247
2248     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2249         """
2250         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2251
2252         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2253         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2254
2255         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2256         """
2257         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2258
2259     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2260         """
2261         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2262
2263         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2264         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2265         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2266         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2267         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2268         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2269         newly exposed areas.
2270
2271         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2272         """
2273         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2274
2275     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2276         """
2277         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2278
2279         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2280         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2281         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2282         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2283         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2284         """
2285         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2286
2287     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2288         """
2289         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2290
2291         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2292         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2293         safe way to manipulate the data.
2294         """
2295         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2296
2297     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2298         """
2299         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2300
2301         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2302         """
2303         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2304
2305     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2306         """
2307         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2308
2309         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2310         """
2311         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2312
2313     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2314         """
2315         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2316
2317         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2318         """
2319         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2320
2321     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2322         """
2323         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2324
2325         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2326         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2327         for this.
2328         """
2329         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2330
2331     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2332         """
2333         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2334
2335         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2336         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2337         this.
2338
2339         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2340         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2341         the fully opaque pixels.
2342         """
2343         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2344
2345     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2346         """
2347         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2348
2349         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2350         """
2351         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2352
2353     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2354         """
2355         InitAlpha(self)
2356
2357         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2358         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2359         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2360         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2361         """
2362         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2363
2364     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2365         """
2366         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2367
2368         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2369         than the spcified threshold.
2370         """
2371         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2372
2373     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2374         """
2375         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2376
2377         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2378         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2379         success flag and rgb values.
2380         """
2381         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2382
2383     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2384         """
2385         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2386
2387         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2388         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2389         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2390         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2391
2392         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2393         nothing.
2394         """
2395         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2396
2397     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2398         """
2399         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2400
2401         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2402         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2403         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2404         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2405         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2406         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2407         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2408         """
2409         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2410
2411     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2412         """
2413         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2414
2415         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2416         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2417         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2418         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2419         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2420
2421         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2422         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2423         mask was successfully applied.
2424
2425         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2426         computationally intensive operation.
2427         """
2428         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2429
2430     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2431         """
2432         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2433
2434         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2435         """
2436         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2437
2438     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2439     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2440         """
2441         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2442
2443         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2444         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2445         the number of available images.
2446         """
2447         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2448
2449     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2450     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2451         """
2452         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2453
2454         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2455         library will try to autodetect the format.
2456         """
2457         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2458
2459     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2460         """
2461         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2462
2463         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2464         string.
2465         """
2466         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2467
2468     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2469         """
2470         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2471
2472         Saves an image in the named file.
2473         """
2474         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2475
2476     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2477         """
2478         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2479
2480         Saves an image in the named file.
2481         """
2482         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2483
2484     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2485         """
2486         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2487
2488         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2489         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2490         object.
2491         """
2492         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2493
2494     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2495     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2496         """
2497         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2498
2499         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2500         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2501         autodetect the format.
2502         """
2503         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2504
2505     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2506         """
2507         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2508
2509         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2510         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2511         """
2512         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2513
2514     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2515         """
2516         Ok(self) -> bool
2517
2518         Returns true if image data is present.
2519         """
2520         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2521
2522     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2523         """
2524         GetWidth(self) -> int
2525
2526         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2527         """
2528         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2529
2530     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2531         """
2532         GetHeight(self) -> int
2533
2534         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2535         """
2536         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2537
2538     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2539         """
2540         GetSize(self) -> Size
2541
2542         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2543         """
2544         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2545
2546     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2547         """
2548         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2549
2550         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2551         entirely to the image.
2552         """
2553         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2554
2555     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2556         """
2557         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2558
2559         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2560         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2561         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2562         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2563         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2564         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2565         newly exposed areas.
2566         """
2567         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2568
2569     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2570         """
2571         Copy(self) -> Image
2572
2573         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2574         """
2575         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2576
2577     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2578         """
2579         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2580
2581         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2582         and any out of bounds problems.
2583         """
2584         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2585
2586     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2587         """
2588         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2589
2590         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2591         """
2592         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2593
2594     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2595         """
2596         SetData(self, buffer data)
2597
2598         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2599         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2600         the data must be width*height*3.
2601         """
2602         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2603
2604     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2605         """
2606         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2607
2608         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2609         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2610         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2611         """
2612         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2613
2614     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2615         """
2616         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2617
2618         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2619         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2620         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2621         """
2622         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2623
2624     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2625         """
2626         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2627
2628         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2629         """
2630         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2631
2632     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2633         """
2634         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2635
2636         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2637         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2638         data must be width*height.
2639         """
2640         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2641
2642     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2643         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2644         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2645
2646     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2647         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2648         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2649
2650     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2651         """
2652         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2653
2654         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2655         mask).
2656         """
2657         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2658
2659     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2660         """
2661         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2662
2663         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2664         """
2665         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2666
2667     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2668         """
2669         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2670
2671         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2672         """
2673         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2674
2675     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2676         """
2677         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2678
2679         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2680         """
2681         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2682
2683     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2684         """
2685         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2686
2687         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2688         """
2689         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2690
2691     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2692         """
2693         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2694
2695         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2696         determined by the current mask colour.
2697         """
2698         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2699
2700     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2701         """
2702         HasMask(self) -> bool
2703
2704         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2705         """
2706         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2707
2708     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2709         """
2710         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2711             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2712
2713         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2714         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2715         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2716         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2717         will be used as the fill colour.
2718
2719         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2720         """
2721         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2722
2723     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2724         """
2725         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2726
2727         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2728         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2729         """
2730         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2731
2732     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2733         """
2734         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2735
2736         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2737         indicates the orientation.
2738         """
2739         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2740
2741     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2742         """
2743         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2744
2745         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2746         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2747         """
2748         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2749
2750     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2751         """
2752         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2753
2754         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2755         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2756         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2757         """
2758         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2759
2760     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2761         """
2762         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2763
2764         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2765         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2766         colour everywhere else.
2767         """
2768         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2769
2770     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2771         """
2772         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2773
2774         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2775         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2776         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2777         """
2778         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2779
2780     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2781         """
2782         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2783
2784         Sets an image option as an integer.
2785         """
2786         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2787
2788     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2789         """
2790         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2791
2792         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2793         """
2794         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2795
2796     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2797         """
2798         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2799
2800         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2801         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2802         """
2803         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2804
2805     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2806         """
2807         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2808
2809         Returns true if the given option is present.
2810         """
2811         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2812
2813     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2814         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2815         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2816
2817     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2818         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2819         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2820
2821     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2822         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2823         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2824
2825     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2826     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2827         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2828         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2829
2830     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2831     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2832         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2833         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2834
2835     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2836     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2837         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2838         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2839
2840     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2841     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2842         """
2843         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2844
2845         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2846         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2847         dialog boxes.
2848         """
2849         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2852     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2853         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2854         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2855
2856     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2857         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2858         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2859
2860     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2861         """
2862         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2863
2864         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2865         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2866         """
2867         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2868
2869     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2870         """
2871         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2872
2873         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2874         """
2875         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2876
2877     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2878     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2879         """
2880         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2881
2882         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2883         """
2884         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2885
2886     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2887     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2888 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2889
2890 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2891     """
2892     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2893
2894     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2895     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2896     """
2897     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2898     return val
2899
2900 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2901     """
2902     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2903
2904     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2905     object.
2906     """
2907     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2908     return val
2909
2910 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2911     """
2912     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2913
2914     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2915     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2916     """
2917     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2918     return val
2919
2920 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2921     """
2922     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2923
2924     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2925     pixels to black.
2926     """
2927     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2928     return val
2929
2930 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2931     """
2932     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2933
2934     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2935     """
2936     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2937     return val
2938
2939 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2940     """
2941     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2942
2943     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2944     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2945     must be width*height*3.
2946     """
2947     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2948     return val
2949
2950 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2951     """
2952     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2953
2954     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2955     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2956     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2957     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2958     """
2959     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2960     return val
2961
2962 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2963   """
2964     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2965
2966     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2967     """
2968   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2969
2970 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2971   """
2972     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2973
2974     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2975     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2976     the number of available images.
2977     """
2978   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2979
2980 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2981   """
2982     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2983
2984     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2985     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2986     object.
2987     """
2988   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2989
2990 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2991   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2992   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2993
2994 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2995   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2996   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2997
2998 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2999   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3000   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3001
3002 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3003   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3004   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3005
3006 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3007   """
3008     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3009
3010     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3011     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3012     dialog boxes.
3013     """
3014   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3015
3016 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3017   """
3018     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3019
3020     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3021     """
3022   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3023
3024 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3025   """
3026     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3027
3028     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3029     """
3030   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3031
3032 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3033     """
3034     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3035     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3036     """
3037     pass
3038
3039 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3040 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3041 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3042 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3043 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3044 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3045 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3046 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3047 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3048 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3049 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3050 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3051 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3052 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3053 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3054     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3055     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3056     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3057     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3058         """
3059         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3060
3061         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3062         """
3063         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3064 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3065 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3066 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3067 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3068 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3069 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3070 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3071 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3072 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3073 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3074 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3075 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3076 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3077 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3078 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3079 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3080 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3081
3082 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3083     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3084     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3085     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3086     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3087         """
3088         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3089
3090         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3091         """
3092         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3093 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3094
3095 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3096     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3097     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3098     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3099     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3100         """
3101         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3102
3103         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3104         """
3105         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3106 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3107
3108 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3109     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3110     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3111     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3112     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3113         """
3114         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3115
3116         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3117         """
3118         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3119 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3120
3121 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3122     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3123     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3124     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3125     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3126         """
3127         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3128
3129         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3130         """
3131         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3132 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3133
3134 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3135     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3136     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3137     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3138     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3139         """
3140         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3141
3142         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3143         """
3144         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3145 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3146
3147 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3148     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3149     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3150     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3151     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3152         """
3153         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3154
3155         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3156         """
3157         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3158 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3159
3160 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3161     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3162     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3163     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3164     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3165         """
3166         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3167
3168         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3169         """
3170         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3171 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3172
3173 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3174     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3175     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3176     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3177     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3178         """
3179         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3180
3181         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3182         """
3183         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3184 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3185
3186 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3187     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3188     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3189     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3190     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3191         """
3192         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3193
3194         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3195         """
3196         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3197 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3198
3199 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3200     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3201     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3202     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3203     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3204         """
3205         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3206
3207         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3208         """
3209         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3210 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3211
3212 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3213 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3214 class Quantize(object):
3215     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3216     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3217     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3218     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3219     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3220         """
3221         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3222
3223         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3224         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3225         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3226         """
3227         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3228
3229     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3230 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3231
3232 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3233   """
3234     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3235
3236     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3237     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3238     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3239     """
3240   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3241
3242 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3243
3244 class EvtHandler(Object):
3245     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3246     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3247     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3248     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3249         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3250         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3251     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3252         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3253         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3254
3255     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3256         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3257         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3258
3259     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3260         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3261         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3262
3263     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3264         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3265         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3266
3267     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3268         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3269         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3270
3271     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3272         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3273         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3274
3275     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3276         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3277         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3278
3279     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3280         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3281         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3282
3283     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3284         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3285         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3286
3287     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3288         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3289         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3290
3291     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3292         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3293         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3294
3295     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3296         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3297         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3298         args[0].thisown = 0
3299         return val
3300
3301     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3302         """
3303         Bind an event to an event handler.
3304
3305         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3306                       type of event to bind,
3307
3308         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3309                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3310                       disconnect an event handler.
3311
3312         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3313                       different window than self, but you still
3314                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3315                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3316                       passing the source of the event, the event
3317                       handling system is able to differentiate
3318                       between the same event type from different
3319                       controls.
3320
3321         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3322                    of instance.
3323
3324         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3325                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3326         """
3327         if source is not None:
3328             id  = source.GetId()
3329         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3330
3331     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3332         """
3333         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3334         Returns True if successful.
3335         """
3336         if source is not None:
3337             id  = source.GetId()
3338         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3339
3340 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3341
3342 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3343
3344 class PyEventBinder(object):
3345     """
3346     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3347     handlers.
3348     """
3349     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3350         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3351             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3352         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3353
3354         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3355             self.evtType = evtType
3356         else:
3357             self.evtType = [evtType]
3358
3359
3360     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3361         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3362         for et in self.evtType:
3363             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3364
3365
3366     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3367         """Remove an event binding."""
3368         success = 0
3369         for et in self.evtType:
3370             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3371         return success != 0
3372
3373
3374     def __call__(self, *args):
3375         """
3376         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3377         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3378         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3379         type of the event.
3380         """
3381         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3382         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3383         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3384         target = args[0]
3385         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3386             func = args[1]
3387         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3388             id1 = args[1]
3389             func = args[2]
3390         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3391             id1 = args[1]
3392             id2 = args[2]
3393             func = args[3]
3394         else:
3395             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3396
3397         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3398
3399
3400 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3401 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3402     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3403 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3404     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3405
3406
3407 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3408
3409 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3410
3411 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3412 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3413
3414 def NewEventType(*args):
3415   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3416   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3417 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3418 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3419 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3420 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3421 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3422 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3423 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3424 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3425 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3426 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3427 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3428 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3429 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3430 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3431 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3432 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3433 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3434 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3435 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3436 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3437 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3438 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3439 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3440 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3441 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3442 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3443 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3444 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3445 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3446 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3447 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3448 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3449 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3450 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3451 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3452 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3453 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3454 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3455 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3456 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3457 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3458 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3459 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3460 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3461 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3462 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3463 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3464 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3465 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3466 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3467 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3468 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3469 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3470 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3471 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3472 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3473 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3474 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3475 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3476 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3477 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3478 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3479 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3480 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3481 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3482 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3483 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3484 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3485 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3486 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3487 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3488 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3489 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3490 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3491 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3492 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3493 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3494 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3495 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3496 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3497 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3498 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3499 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3500 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3501 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3502 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3503 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3504 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3505 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3506 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3507 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3508 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3509 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3510 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3511 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3512 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3513 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3514 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3515 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3516 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3517 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3518 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3519 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3520 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3521 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3522 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3523 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3524 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3525 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3526 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3527 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3528 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3529 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3530 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3531 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3532 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3533 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3534 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3535 #
3536 # Create some event binders
3537 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3538 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3539 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3540 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3541 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3542 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3543 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3544 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3545 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3546 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3547 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3548 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3549 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3550 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3551 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3552 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3553 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3554 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3555 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3556 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3557 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3558 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3559 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3560 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3561 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3562 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3563 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3564 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3565 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3566 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3567 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3568 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3569 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3570 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3571 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3572 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3573 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3574 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3575 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3576 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3577 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3578
3579 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3580 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3581 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3582 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3583 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3584 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3585 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3586 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3587 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3588 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3589 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3590 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3591 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3592
3593 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3594                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3595                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3596                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3597                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3598                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3599                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3600                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3601                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3602                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3603                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3604                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3605                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3606                                      ])
3607
3608
3609 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3610 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3611                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3612                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3613                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3614                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3615                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3616                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3617                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3618                                   ])
3619
3620 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3621 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3622 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3623 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3624 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3625 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3626 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3627 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3628
3629 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3630 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3631                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3632                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3633                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3634                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3635                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3636                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3637                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3638                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3639                                ])
3640
3641 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3642 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3643 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3644 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3645 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3646 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3647 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3648 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3649 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3650 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3651
3652 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3653 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3654                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3655                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3656                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3657                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3658                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3659                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3660                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3661                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3662                                        ], 1)
3663
3664 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3665 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3666 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3667 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3668 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3669 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3670 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3671 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3672 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3673 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3674
3675 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3676 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3677 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3678 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3679 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3680 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3681 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3682 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3683 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3684 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3685
3686 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3687 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3688 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3689 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3690 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3691 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3692 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3693 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3694 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3695
3696
3697 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3698 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3699 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3700 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3701 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3702 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3703 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3704
3705 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3706
3707 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3708 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3709
3710 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3711
3712 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3713 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3714 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3715
3716
3717 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3718
3719 class Event(Object):
3720     """
3721     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3722     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3723     other event classes
3724     """
3725     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3726     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3727     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3728     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3729     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3730     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3731         """
3732         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3733
3734         Sets the specific type of the event.
3735         """
3736         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3737
3738     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3739         """
3740         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3741
3742         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3743         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3744         """
3745         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3746
3747     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3748         """
3749         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3750
3751         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3752         any.
3753         """
3754         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3755
3756     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3757         """
3758         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3759
3760         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3761         object that is sending the event.
3762         """
3763         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3764
3765     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3766         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3767         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3768
3769     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3770         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3771         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3772
3773     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3774         """
3775         GetId(self) -> int
3776
3777         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3778         command id.
3779         """
3780         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3781
3782     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3783         """
3784         SetId(self, int Id)
3785
3786         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3787         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3788         item, etc.
3789         """
3790         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3791
3792     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3793         """
3794         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3795
3796         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3797         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3798         """
3799         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3800
3801     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3802         """
3803         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3804
3805         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3806         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3807         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3808         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3809         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3810         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3811         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3812
3813         """
3814         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3815
3816     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3817         """
3818         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3819
3820         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3821         :see: `Skip`
3822         """
3823         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3824
3825     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3826         """
3827         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3828
3829         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3830         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3831         """
3832         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3833
3834     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3835         """
3836         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3837
3838         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3839         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3840         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3841         """
3842         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3843
3844     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3845         """
3846         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3847
3848         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3849         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3850         `StopPropagation`.)
3851
3852         """
3853         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3854
3855     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3856         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3857         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3858
3859 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3860
3861 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3862
3863 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3864     """
3865     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3866     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3867     propogation of the event will be restored.
3868     """
3869     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3870     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3871     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3872         """
3873         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3874
3875         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3876         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3877         propogation of the event will be restored.
3878         """
3879         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3880     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3881     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3882 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3883
3884 class PropagateOnce(object):
3885     """
3886     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3887     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3888     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3889     """
3890     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3891     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3892     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3893         """
3894         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3895
3896         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3897         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3898         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3899         """
3900         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3901     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3902     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3903 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3904
3905 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3906
3907 class CommandEvent(Event):
3908     """
3909     This event class contains information about command events, which
3910     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3911     toolbars.
3912     """
3913     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3914     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3915     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3916         """
3917         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3918
3919         This event class contains information about command events, which
3920         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3921         toolbars.
3922         """
3923         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3924     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3925         """
3926         GetSelection(self) -> int
3927
3928         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3929         for a deselection).
3930         """
3931         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3932
3933     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3934         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3935         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3936
3937     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3938         """
3939         GetString(self) -> String
3940
3941         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3942         for a deselection).
3943         """
3944         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3945
3946     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3947         """
3948         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3949
3950         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3951         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3952         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3953         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3954         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3955         """
3956         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3957
3958     Checked = IsChecked
3959     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3960         """
3961         IsSelection(self) -> bool
3962
3963         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
3964         false if it is a deselection.
3965         """
3966         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3967
3968     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3969         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
3970         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3971
3972     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3973         """
3974         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
3975
3976         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
3977         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
3978         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
3979         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
3980         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
3981         listbox must be examined by the application.
3982         """
3983         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3984
3985     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3986         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
3987         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
3988
3989     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3990         """
3991         GetInt(self) -> int
3992
3993         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
3994         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
3995         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
3996         """
3997         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
3998
3999     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4000         """
4001         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4002
4003         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4004         """
4005         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4006
4007     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4008         """
4009         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4010
4011         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4012         """
4013         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4014
4015     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4016     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4017
4018     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4019         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4020         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4021
4022 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4023
4024 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4025
4026 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4027     """
4028     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4029     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4030     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4031     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4032     """
4033     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4034     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4035     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4036         """
4037         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4038
4039         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4040         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4041         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4042         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4043         """
4044         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4045     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4046         """
4047         Veto(self)
4048
4049         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4050
4051         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4052         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4053         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4054         """
4055         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4056
4057     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4058         """
4059         Allow(self)
4060
4061         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4062         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4063         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4064         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4065         """
4066         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4067
4068     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4069         """
4070         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4071
4072         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4073         false otherwise (if it was).
4074         """
4075         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4076
4077 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4078
4079 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4080
4081 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4082     """
4083     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4084     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4085     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4086     instead.
4087     """
4088     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4089     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4090     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4091         """
4092         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4093             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4094         """
4095         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4096     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4097         """
4098         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4099
4100         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4101         the scrollbar.
4102         """
4103         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4104
4105     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4106         """
4107         GetPosition(self) -> int
4108
4109         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4110         """
4111         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4112
4113     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4114         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4115         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4116
4117     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4118         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4119         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4120
4121 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4122
4123 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4124
4125 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4126     """
4127     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4128     scrolling windows.
4129     """
4130     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4131     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4132     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4133         """
4134         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4135
4136         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4137         scrolling windows.
4138         """
4139         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4140     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4141         """
4142         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4143
4144         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4145         the scrollbar.
4146         """
4147         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4148
4149     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4150         """
4151         GetPosition(self) -> int
4152
4153         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4154         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4155         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4156         """
4157         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4158
4159     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4160         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4161         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4162
4163     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4164         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4165         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4166
4167 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4168
4169 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4170
4171 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4172 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4173 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4174 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4175 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4176 class MouseEvent(Event):
4177     """
4178     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4179     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4180     mouse move events.
4181
4182     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4183     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4184     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4185     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4186     events from it.
4187
4188     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4189     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4190     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4191     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4192     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4193     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4194     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4195     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4196     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4197     """
4198     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4199     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4200     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4201         """
4202         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4203
4204         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4205
4206             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4207             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4208             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4209             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4210             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4211             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4212             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4213             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4214             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4215             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4216             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4217             * wxEVT_MOTION
4218             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4219         """
4220         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4221     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4222         """
4223         IsButton(self) -> bool
4224
4225         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4226         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4227         """
4228         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4229
4230     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4231         """
4232         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4233
4234         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4235         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4236         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4237         values).
4238         """
4239         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4240
4241     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4242         """
4243         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4244
4245         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4246         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4247         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4248         values).
4249         """
4250         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4251
4252     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4253         """
4254         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4255
4256         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4257         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4258         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4259         """
4260         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4261
4262     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4263         """
4264         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4265
4266         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4267         values of button are:
4268
4269              ====================      =====================================
4270              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4271              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4272              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4273              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4274              ====================      =====================================
4275
4276         """
4277         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4278
4279     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4280         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4281         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4282
4283     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4284         """
4285         GetButton(self) -> int
4286
4287         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4288         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4289         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4290         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4291         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4292         right buttons respectively.
4293         """
4294         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4295
4296     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4297         """
4298         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4299
4300         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4301         """
4302         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4303
4304     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4305         """
4306         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4307
4308         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4309         """
4310         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4311
4312     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4313         """
4314         AltDown(self) -> bool
4315
4316         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4317         """
4318         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4319
4320     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4321         """
4322         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4323
4324         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4325         """
4326         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4327
4328     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4329         """
4330         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4331
4332         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4333         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4334         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4335         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4336         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4337         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4338         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4339         """
4340         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4341
4342     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4343         """
4344         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4345
4346         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4347         """
4348         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4349
4350     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4351         """
4352         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4353
4354         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4355         """
4356         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4357
4358     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4359         """
4360         RightDown(self) -> bool
4361
4362         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4363         """
4364         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4365
4366     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4367         """
4368         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4369
4370         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4371         """
4372         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4373
4374     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4375         """
4376         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4377
4378         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4379         """
4380         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4381
4382     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4383         """
4384         RightUp(self) -> bool
4385
4386         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4387         """
4388         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4389
4390     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4391         """
4392         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4393
4394         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4395         """
4396         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4397
4398     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4399         """
4400         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4401
4402         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4403         """
4404         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4405
4406     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4407         """
4408         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4409
4410         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4411         """
4412         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4413
4414     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4415         """
4416         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4417
4418         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4419         of the current event type.
4420
4421         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4422         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4423         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4424
4425         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4426         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4427         dragging the mouse.
4428         """
4429         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4430
4431     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4432         """
4433         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4434
4435         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4436         of the current event type.
4437         """
4438         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4439
4440     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4441         """
4442         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4443
4444         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4445         of the current event type.
4446         """
4447         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4448
4449     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4450         """
4451         Dragging(self) -> bool
4452
4453         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4454         depressed).
4455         """
4456         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4457
4458     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4459         """
4460         Moving(self) -> bool
4461
4462         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4463         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4464         false and Dragging returns true.
4465         """
4466         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4467
4468     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4469         """
4470         Entering(self) -> bool
4471
4472         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4473         """
4474         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4475
4476     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4477         """
4478         Leaving(self) -> bool
4479
4480         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4481         """
4482         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4483
4484     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4485         """
4486         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4487
4488         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4489         event happened.
4490         """
4491         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4492
4493     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4494         """
4495         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4496
4497         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4498         event happened.
4499         """
4500         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4501
4502     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4503         """
4504         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4505
4506         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4507         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4508         that the window has been scrolled).
4509         """
4510         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4511
4512     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4513         """
4514         GetX(self) -> int
4515
4516         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4517         """
4518         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4519
4520     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4521         """
4522         GetY(self) -> int
4523
4524         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4525         """
4526         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4527
4528     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4529         """
4530         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4531
4532         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4533         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4534         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4535         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4536         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4537         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4538         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4539         """
4540         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4541
4542     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4543         """
4544         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4545
4546         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4547         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4548         should occur for each delta.
4549         """
4550         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4551
4552     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4553         """
4554         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4555
4556         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4557         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4558         """
4559         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4560
4561     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4562         """
4563         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4564
4565         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4566         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4567         """
4568         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4569
4570     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4571     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4572     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4573     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4574     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4575     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4576     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4577     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4578     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4579     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4580     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4581     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4582 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4583
4584 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4585
4586 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4587     """
4588     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4589     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4590     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4591     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4592     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4593     """
4594     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4595     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4596     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4597         """
4598         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4599
4600         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4601         """
4602         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4603     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4604         """
4605         GetX(self) -> int
4606
4607         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4608         """
4609         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4610
4611     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4612         """
4613         GetY(self) -> int
4614
4615         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4616         """
4617         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4618
4619     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4620         """
4621         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4622
4623         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4624         """
4625         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4626
4627     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4628         """
4629         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4630
4631         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4632         """
4633         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4634
4635     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4636         """
4637         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4638
4639         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4640         """
4641         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4642
4643 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4644
4645 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4646
4647 class KeyEvent(Event):
4648     """
4649     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4650     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4651     the keyboard focus.
4652
4653     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4654     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4655     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4656     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4657     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4658     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4659     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4660     corresponding to each down one.
4661
4662     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4663     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4664     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4665     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4666     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4667     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4668     example.
4669
4670     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4671     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4672     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4673     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4674     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4675     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4676     well.
4677
4678     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4679     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4680     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4681     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4682     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4683     by the system itself.
4684
4685     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4686     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4687     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4688     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4689
4690     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4691     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4692     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4693     focus.
4694
4695     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4696     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4697     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4698     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4699
4700     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4701     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4702     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4703     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4704
4705     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4706     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4707     work under Windows.
4708
4709     """
4710     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4711     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4712     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4713         """
4714         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4715
4716         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4717             *
4718         """
4719         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4720     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4721         """
4722         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4723
4724         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4725         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4726         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4727         example::
4728
4729             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4730                 DoSomething()
4731
4732         """
4733         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4734
4735     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4736         """
4737         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4738
4739         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4740         """
4741         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4742
4743     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4744         """
4745         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4746
4747         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4748         """
4749         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4750
4751     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4752         """
4753         AltDown(self) -> bool
4754
4755         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4756         """
4757         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4758
4759     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4760         """
4761         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4762
4763         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4764         """
4765         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4766
4767     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4768         """
4769         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4770
4771         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4772         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4773         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4774         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4775         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4776         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4777         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4778         """
4779         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4780
4781     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4782         """
4783         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4784
4785         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4786         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4787         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4788         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4789         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4790         normally).
4791         """
4792         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4793
4794     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4795         """
4796         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4797
4798         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4799         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4800         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4801         codes.
4802
4803         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4804         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4805         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4806         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4807         """
4808         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4809
4810     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4811     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4812         """
4813         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4814
4815         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4816         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4817         """
4818         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4819
4820     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4821     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4822         """
4823         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4824
4825         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4826         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4827         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4828         ports.
4829         """
4830         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4831
4832     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4833         """
4834         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4835
4836         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4837         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4838         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4839         """
4840         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4841
4842     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4843         """
4844         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4845
4846         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4847         """
4848         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4849
4850     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4851         """
4852         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4853
4854         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4855         """
4856         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4857
4858     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4859         """
4860         GetX(self) -> int
4861
4862         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4863         applicable.
4864         """
4865         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4866
4867     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4868         """
4869         GetY(self) -> int
4870
4871         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4872         applicable.
4873         """
4874         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4875
4876     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4877     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4878     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4879     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4880     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4881     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4882     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4883     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4884     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4885     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4886 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4887
4888 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4889
4890 class SizeEvent(Event):
4891     """
4892     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4893     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4894     been resized.
4895
4896     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4897     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4898     application.
4899
4900     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4901     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4902     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4903     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4904     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4905     invalidate the entire window.
4906
4907     """
4908     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4909     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4910     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4911         """
4912         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4913
4914         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4915         """
4916         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4917     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4918         """
4919         GetSize(self) -> Size
4920
4921         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4922         event.
4923         """
4924         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4925
4926     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4927         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4928         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4929
4930     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4931         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4932         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4933
4934     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4935         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4936         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4937
4938     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4939     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4940 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4941
4942 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4943
4944 class MoveEvent(Event):
4945     """
4946     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4947     moved to a new position.
4948     """
4949     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4950     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4951     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4952         """
4953         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
4954
4955         Constructor.
4956         """
4957         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4958     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4959         """
4960         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4961
4962         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
4963         """
4964         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4965
4966     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4967         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4968         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4969
4970     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4971         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4972         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4973
4974     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4975         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
4976         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4977
4978     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
4979     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
4980
4981 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
4982
4983 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4984
4985 class PaintEvent(Event):
4986     """
4987     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
4988     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
4989     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
4990     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
4991     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
4992
4993     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
4994     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
4995     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
4996     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
4997     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
4998     scrolled units.
4999
5000     """
5001     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5002     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5003     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5004         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5005         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5006 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5007
5008 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5009     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5010     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5011     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5012     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5013         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5014         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5015 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5016
5017 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5018
5019 class EraseEvent(Event):
5020     """
5021     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5022     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5023     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5024     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5025
5026     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5027     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5028     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5029
5030     """
5031     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5032     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5033     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5034         """
5035         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5036
5037         Constructor
5038         """
5039         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5040     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5041         """
5042         GetDC(self) -> DC
5043
5044         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5045         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5046         that instead.
5047         """
5048         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5049
5050 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5051
5052 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5053
5054 class FocusEvent(Event):
5055     """
5056     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5057     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5058     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5059
5060     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5061     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5062     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5063
5064     """
5065     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5066     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5067     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5068         """
5069         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5070
5071         Constructor
5072         """
5073         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5074     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5075         """
5076         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5077
5078         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5079         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5080         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5081
5082         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5083         """
5084         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5085
5086     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5087         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5088         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5089
5090 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5091
5092 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5093
5094 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5095     """
5096     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5097     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5098     heirarchy.
5099     """
5100     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5101     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5102     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5103         """
5104         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5105
5106         Constructor
5107         """
5108         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5109     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5110         """
5111         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5112
5113         The window which has just received the focus.
5114         """
5115         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5116
5117 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5118
5119 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5120
5121 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5122     """
5123     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5124     application is being activated or deactivated.
5125
5126     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5127     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5128     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5129     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5130     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5131     application frames being inactive.
5132
5133     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5134     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5135     doing so can result in strange effects.
5136
5137     """
5138     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5139     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5140     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5141         """
5142         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5143
5144         Constructor
5145         """
5146         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5147     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5148         """
5149         GetActive(self) -> bool
5150
5151         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5152         otherwise.
5153         """
5154         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5155
5156 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5157
5158 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5159
5160 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5161     """
5162     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5163     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5164     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5165     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5166     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5167     """
5168     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5169     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5170     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5171         """
5172         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5173
5174         Constructor
5175         """
5176         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5177 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5178
5179 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5180
5181 class MenuEvent(Event):
5182     """
5183     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5184     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5185     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5186
5187     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5188     text in the first field of the status bar.
5189     """
5190     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5191     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5192     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5193         """
5194         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5195
5196         Constructor
5197         """
5198         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5199     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5200         """
5201         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5202
5203         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5204         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5205         """
5206         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5207
5208     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5209         """
5210         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5211
5212         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5213         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5214         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5215         """
5216         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5217
5218     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5219         """
5220         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5221
5222         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5223         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5224         """
5225         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5226
5227 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5228
5229 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5230
5231 class CloseEvent(Event):
5232     """
5233     This event class contains information about window and session close
5234     events.
5235
5236     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5237     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5238     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5239     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5240     function.
5241
5242     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5243     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5244     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5245     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5246     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5247     files or to cancel the close.
5248
5249     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5250     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5251     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5252     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5253     """
5254     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5255     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5256     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5257         """
5258         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5259
5260         Constructor.
5261         """
5262         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5263     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5264         """
5265         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5266
5267         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5268         """
5269         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5270
5271     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5272         """
5273         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5274
5275         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5276         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5277         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5278         window event.
5279         """
5280         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5281
5282     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5283         """
5284         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5285
5286         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5287         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5288
5289         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5290         """
5291         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5292
5293     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5294         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5295         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5296
5297     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5298         """
5299         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5300
5301         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5302         """
5303         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5304
5305     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5306         """
5307         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5308
5309         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5310         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5311         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5312         must be called to check this.
5313         """
5314         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5315
5316 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5317
5318 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5319
5320 class ShowEvent(Event):
5321     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5322     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5323     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5324     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5325         """
5326         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5327
5328         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5329         """
5330         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5331     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5332         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5333         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5334
5335     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5336         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5337         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5338
5339 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5340
5341 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5342
5343 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5344     """
5345     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5346     restored.
5347     """
5348     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5349     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5350     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5351         """
5352         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5353
5354         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5355         restored.
5356         """
5357         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5358     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5359         """
5360         Iconized(self) -> bool
5361
5362         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5363         been restored.
5364         """
5365         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5366
5367 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5368
5369 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5370
5371 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5372     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5373     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5374     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5375     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5376         """
5377         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5378
5379         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5380         """
5381         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5382 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5383
5384 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5385
5386 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5387     """
5388     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5389     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5390     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5391     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5392
5393     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5394     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5395     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5396     dropping files.
5397
5398     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5399     events.
5400
5401     """
5402     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5403     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5404     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5405     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5406         """
5407         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5408
5409         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5410         """
5411         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5412
5413     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5414         """
5415         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5416
5417         Returns the number of files dropped.
5418         """
5419         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5420
5421     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5422         """
5423         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5424
5425         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5426         """
5427         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5428
5429 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5430
5431 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5432
5433 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5434 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5435 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5436     """
5437     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5438     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5439     interface elements.
5440
5441     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5442     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5443     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5444     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5445     menu item or button.
5446
5447     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5448     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5449     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5450     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5451     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5452     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5453     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5454
5455     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5456     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5457     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5458     update.
5459
5460     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5461     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5462     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5463
5464     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5465     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5466
5467        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5468           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5469           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5470           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5471           events.
5472
5473        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5474           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5475           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5476           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5477           delay before windows are updated.
5478
5479     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5480     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5481     from an internal idle handler.
5482
5483     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5484     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5485     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5486
5487     """
5488     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5489     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5490     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5491         """
5492         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5493
5494         Constructor
5495         """
5496         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5497     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5498         """
5499         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5500
5501         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5502         """
5503         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5504
5505     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5506         """
5507         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5508
5509         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5510         """
5511         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5512
5513     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5514         """
5515         GetShown(self) -> bool
5516
5517         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5518         """
5519         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5520
5521     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5522         """
5523         GetText(self) -> String
5524
5525         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5526         """
5527         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5528
5529     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5530         """
5531         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5532
5533         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5534         wxWidgets internal use only.
5535         """
5536         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5537
5538     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5539         """
5540         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5541
5542         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5543         internal use only.
5544         """
5545         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5546
5547     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5548         """
5549         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5550
5551         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5552         internal use only.
5553         """
5554         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5555
5556     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5557         """
5558         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5559
5560         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5561         internal use only.
5562         """
5563         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5564
5565     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5566         """
5567         Check(self, bool check)
5568
5569         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5570         """
5571         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5572
5573     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5574         """
5575         Enable(self, bool enable)
5576
5577         Enable or disable the UI element.
5578         """
5579         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5580
5581     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5582         """
5583         Show(self, bool show)
5584
5585         Show or hide the UI element.
5586         """
5587         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5588
5589     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5590         """
5591         SetText(self, String text)
5592
5593         Sets the text for this UI element.
5594         """
5595         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5596
5597     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5598         """
5599         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5600
5601         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5602         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5603         default is 0.
5604
5605         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5606         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5607         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5608         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5609         about to be shown.
5610         """
5611         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5612
5613     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5614     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5615         """
5616         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5617
5618         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5619         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5620         """
5621         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5622
5623     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5624     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5625         """
5626         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5627
5628         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5629         to) this window.
5630
5631         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5632         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5633         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5634         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5635         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5636         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5637         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5638         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5639         interval.
5640
5641         """
5642         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5643
5644     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5645     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5646         """
5647         ResetUpdateTime()
5648
5649         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5650         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5651         is called at the end of idle processing.
5652         """
5653         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5654
5655     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5656     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5657         """
5658         SetMode(int mode)
5659
5660         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5661         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5662
5663         The mode may be one of the following values:
5664
5665             =============================   ==========================================
5666             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5667                                             is the default setting.
5668             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5669                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5670                                             style set.
5671             =============================   ==========================================
5672
5673         """
5674         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5675
5676     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5677     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5678         """
5679         GetMode() -> int
5680
5681         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5682         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5683         events.
5684         """
5685         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5686
5687     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5688 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5689
5690 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5691   """
5692     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5693
5694     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5695     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5696     default is 0.
5697
5698     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5699     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5700     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5701     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5702     about to be shown.
5703     """
5704   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5705
5706 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5707   """
5708     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5709
5710     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5711     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5712     """
5713   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5714
5715 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5716   """
5717     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5718
5719     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5720     to) this window.
5721
5722     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5723     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5724     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5725     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5726     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5727     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5728     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5729     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5730     interval.
5731
5732     """
5733   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5734
5735 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5736   """
5737     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5738
5739     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5740     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5741     is called at the end of idle processing.
5742     """
5743   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5744
5745 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5746   """
5747     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5748
5749     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5750     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5751
5752     The mode may be one of the following values:
5753
5754         =============================   ==========================================
5755         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5756                                         is the default setting.
5757         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5758                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5759                                         style set.
5760         =============================   ==========================================
5761
5762     """
5763   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5764
5765 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5766   """
5767     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5768
5769     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5770     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5771     events.
5772     """
5773   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5774
5775 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5776
5777 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5778     """
5779     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5780     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5781     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5782
5783     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5784     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5785     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5786     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5787     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5788
5789     """
5790     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5791     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5792     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5793         """
5794         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5795
5796         Constructor
5797         """
5798         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5799 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5800
5801 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5802
5803 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5804     """
5805     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5806     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5807     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5808     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5809     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5810
5811     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5812     """
5813     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5814     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5815     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5816         """
5817         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5818
5819         Constructor
5820         """
5821         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5822     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5823         """
5824         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5825
5826         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5827         non-wxWidgets window.
5828         """
5829         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5830
5831 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5832
5833 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5834
5835 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5836     """
5837     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5838     resolution has changed.
5839
5840     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5841     """
5842     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5843     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5844     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5845         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5846         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5847 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5848
5849 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5850
5851 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5852     """
5853     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5854     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5855     match.
5856
5857     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5858     """
5859     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5860     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5861     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5862         """
5863         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5864
5865         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5866         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5867         match.
5868
5869         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5870         """
5871         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5872     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5873         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5874         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5875
5876     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5877         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5878         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5879
5880 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5881
5882 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5883
5884 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5885     """
5886     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5887     focus and should re-do its palette.
5888
5889     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5890     """
5891     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5892     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5893     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5894         """
5895         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5896
5897         Constructor.
5898         """
5899         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5900     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5901         """
5902         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5903
5904         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5905         """
5906         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5907
5908     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5909         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5910         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5911
5912 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5913
5914 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5915
5916 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5917     """
5918     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5919     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5920     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5921     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5922     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5923     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5924     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5925     """
5926     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5927     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5928     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5929         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5930         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5931     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5932         """
5933         GetDirection(self) -> bool
5934
5935         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
5936         """
5937         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5938
5939     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5940         """
5941         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
5942
5943         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
5944         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
5945         """
5946         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5947
5948     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5949         """
5950         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
5951
5952         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
5953         """
5954         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5955
5956     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5957         """
5958         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
5959
5960         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
5961         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
5962         by using Control-Tab.
5963         """
5964         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5965
5966     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5967         """
5968         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
5969
5970         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
5971         key.
5972         """
5973         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5974
5975     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5976         """
5977         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
5978
5979         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
5980         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
5981         """
5982         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5983
5984     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5985         """
5986         SetFlags(self, long flags)
5987
5988         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
5989
5990             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
5991             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
5992             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
5993             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
5994
5995         """
5996         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5997
5998     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
5999         """
6000         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6001
6002         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6003         ``None``.
6004         """
6005         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6006
6007     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6008         """
6009         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6010
6011         Set the window that has the focus.
6012         """
6013         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6014
6015     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6016     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6017     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6018     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6019 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6020
6021 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6022
6023 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6024     """
6025     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6026     underlying GUI object) exists.
6027     """
6028     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6029     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6030     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6031         """
6032         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6033
6034         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6035         underlying GUI object) exists.
6036         """
6037         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6038     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6039         """
6040         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6041
6042         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6043         """
6044         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6045
6046 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6047
6048 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6049     """
6050     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6051     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6052
6053     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6054     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6055     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6056     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6057     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6058     notification of the destruction of another window.
6059     """
6060     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6061     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6062     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6063         """
6064         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6065
6066         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6067         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6068
6069         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6070         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6071         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6072         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6073         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6074         notification of the destruction of another window.
6075         """
6076         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6077     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6078         """
6079         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6080
6081         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6082         """
6083         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6084
6085 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6086
6087 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6088
6089 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6090     """
6091     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6092     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6093     """
6094     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6095     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6096     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6097         """
6098         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6099
6100         Constructor.
6101         """
6102         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6103     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6104         """
6105         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6106
6107         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6108         be shown.
6109         """
6110         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6111
6112     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6113         """
6114         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6115
6116         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6117         """
6118         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6119
6120 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6121
6122 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6123
6124 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6125 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6126 class IdleEvent(Event):
6127     """
6128     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6129     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6130     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6131     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6132     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6133     events and then becomes empty again.
6134
6135     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6136     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6137     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6138     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6139     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6140     to those windows and not to any others.
6141     """
6142     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6143     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6144     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6145         """
6146         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6147
6148         Constructor
6149         """
6150         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6151     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6152         """
6153         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6154
6155         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6156         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6157         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6158         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6159         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6160         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6161         system.
6162         """
6163         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6164
6165     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6166         """
6167         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6168
6169         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6170         requested more processing time.
6171         """
6172         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6173
6174     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6175         """
6176         SetMode(int mode)
6177
6178         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6179         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6180         events.
6181
6182         The mode can be one of the following values:
6183
6184             =========================   ========================================
6185             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6186             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6187                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6188                                         flag set.
6189             =========================   ========================================
6190
6191         """
6192         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6193
6194     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6195     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6196         """
6197         GetMode() -> int
6198
6199         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6200         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6201         will process the events.
6202         """
6203         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6204
6205     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6206     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6207         """
6208         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6209
6210         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6211         window.
6212
6213         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6214         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6215         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6216         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6217         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6218         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6219         """
6220         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6221
6222     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6223 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6224
6225 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6226   """
6227     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6228
6229     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6230     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6231     events.
6232
6233     The mode can be one of the following values:
6234
6235         =========================   ========================================
6236         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6237         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6238                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6239                                     flag set.
6240         =========================   ========================================
6241
6242     """
6243   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6244
6245 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6246   """
6247     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6248
6249     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6250     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6251     will process the events.
6252     """
6253   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6254
6255 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6256   """
6257     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6258
6259     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6260     window.
6261
6262     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6263     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6264     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6265     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6266     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6267     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6268     """
6269   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6270
6271 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6272
6273 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6274     """
6275     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6276     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6277     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6278     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6279     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6280     """
6281     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6282     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6283     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6284         """
6285         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6286
6287         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6288         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6289         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6290         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6291         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6292         """
6293         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6294 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6295
6296 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6297
6298 class PyEvent(Event):
6299     """
6300     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6301     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6302     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6303     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6304     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6305
6306     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6307
6308     """
6309     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6310     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6311     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6312         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6313         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6314         self._SetSelf(self)
6315
6316     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6317     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6318     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6319         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6320         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6321
6322     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6323         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6324         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6325
6326 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6327
6328 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6329     """
6330     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6331     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6332     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6333     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6334     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6335     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6336
6337     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6338
6339     """
6340     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6341     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6342     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6343         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6344         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6345         self._SetSelf(self)
6346
6347     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6348     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6349     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6350         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6351         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6352
6353     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6354         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6355         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6356
6357 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6358
6359 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6360     """
6361     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6362     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6363     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6364     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6365     """
6366     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6367     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6368     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6369         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6370         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6371     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6372         """
6373         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6374
6375         Returns the date.
6376         """
6377         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6378
6379     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6380         """
6381         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6382
6383         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6384         internally.
6385         """
6386         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6387
6388 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6389
6390 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6391 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6392
6393 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6394
6395 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6396 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6397 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6398 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6399 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6400 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6401 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6402     """
6403     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6404     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6405     """
6406     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6407     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6408     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6409         """
6410         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6411
6412         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6413         """
6414         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6415         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6416         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6417
6418     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6419     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6420     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6421         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6422         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6423
6424     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6425         """
6426         GetAppName(self) -> String
6427
6428         Get the application name.
6429         """
6430         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6431
6432     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6433         """
6434         SetAppName(self, String name)
6435
6436         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6437         `wx.Config` and such.
6438         """
6439         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6440
6441     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6442         """
6443         GetClassName(self) -> String
6444
6445         Get the application's class name.
6446         """
6447         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6448
6449     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6450         """
6451         SetClassName(self, String name)
6452
6453         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6454         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6455         """
6456         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6457
6458     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6459         """
6460         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6461
6462         Get the application's vendor name.
6463         """
6464         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6465
6466     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6467         """
6468         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6469
6470         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6471         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6472         """
6473         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6474
6475     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6476         """
6477         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6478
6479         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6480         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6481         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6482         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6483         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6484         differences behind the common facade.
6485
6486         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6487         """
6488         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6489
6490     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6491         """
6492         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6493
6494         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6495         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6496         during each event loop iteration.
6497         """
6498         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6499
6500     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6501         """
6502         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6503
6504         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6505         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6506         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6507
6508         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6509               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6510               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6511               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6512
6513         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6514
6515         """
6516         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6517
6518     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6519         """
6520         WakeUpIdle(self)
6521
6522         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6523         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6524         """
6525         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6526
6527     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6528         """
6529         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6530
6531         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6532         currently be dispatched.
6533         """
6534         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6535
6536     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6537     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6538         """
6539         MainLoop(self) -> int
6540
6541         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6542         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6543         """
6544         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6545
6546     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6547         """
6548         Exit(self)
6549
6550         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6551         :see: `wx.Exit`
6552         """
6553         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6554
6555     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6556         """
6557         ExitMainLoop(self)
6558
6559         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6560         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6561         """
6562         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6563
6564     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6565         """
6566         Pending(self) -> bool
6567
6568         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6569         """
6570         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6571
6572     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6573         """
6574         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6575
6576         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6577         appears if there are none currently)
6578         """
6579         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6580
6581     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6582         """
6583         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6584
6585         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6586         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6587         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6588         """
6589         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6590
6591     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6592         """
6593         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6594
6595         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6596         idle time is requested.
6597         """
6598         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6599
6600     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6601         """
6602         IsActive(self) -> bool
6603
6604         Return True if our app has focus.
6605         """
6606         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6607
6608     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6609         """
6610         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6611
6612         Set the *main* top level window
6613         """
6614         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6615
6616     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6617         """
6618         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6619
6620         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6621         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6622         there not any, will return None)
6623         """
6624         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6625
6626     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6627         """
6628         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6629
6630         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6631         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6632         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6633         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6634         explicitly from somewhere.
6635         """
6636         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6637
6638     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6639         """
6640         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6641
6642         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6643         """
6644         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6645
6646     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6647         """
6648         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6649
6650         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6651         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6652         """
6653         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6654
6655     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6656         """
6657         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6658
6659         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6660         """
6661         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6662
6663     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6664         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6665         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6666
6667     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6668         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6669         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6670
6671     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6672         """
6673         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6674
6675         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6676         """
6677         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6678
6679     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6680         """
6681         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6682
6683         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6684         """
6685         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6686
6687     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6688         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6689         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6690
6691     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6692     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6693         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6694         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6695
6696     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6697     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6698         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6699         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6700
6701     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6702     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6703         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6704         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6705
6706     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6707     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6708         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6709         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6710
6711     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6712     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6713         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6714         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6715
6716     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6717     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6718         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6719         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6720
6721     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6722     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6723         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6724         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6725
6726     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6727     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6728         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6729         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6730
6731     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6732     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6733         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6734         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6735
6736     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6737     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6738         """
6739         _BootstrapApp(self)
6740
6741         For internal use only
6742         """
6743         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6744
6745     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6746         """
6747         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6748
6749         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6750         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6751         """
6752         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6753
6754     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6755 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6756
6757 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6758   """
6759     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6760
6761     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6762     currently be dispatched.
6763     """
6764   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6765
6766 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6767   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6768   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6769
6770 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6771   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6772   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6773
6774 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6775   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6776   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6777
6778 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6779   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6780   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6781
6782 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6783   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6784   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6785
6786 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6787   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6788   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6789
6790 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6791   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6792   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6793
6794 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6795   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6796   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6797
6798 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6799   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6800   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6801
6802 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6803   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6804   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6805
6806 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6807   """
6808     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6809
6810     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6811     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6812     """
6813   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6814
6815 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6816
6817
6818 def Exit(*args):
6819   """
6820     Exit()
6821
6822     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6823     """
6824   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6825
6826 def Yield(*args):
6827   """
6828     Yield() -> bool
6829
6830     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6831     """
6832   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6833
6834 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6835   """
6836     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6837
6838     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6839     """
6840   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6841
6842 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6843   """
6844     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6845
6846     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6847     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6848     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6849     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6850     interaction.
6851
6852     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6853     """
6854   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6855
6856 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6857   """
6858     WakeUpIdle()
6859
6860     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6861     sent.
6862     """
6863   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6864
6865 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6866   """
6867     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6868
6869     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6870     later.
6871     """
6872   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6873
6874 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6875   """
6876     App_CleanUp()
6877
6878     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6879     Python shuts down.
6880     """
6881   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6882
6883 def GetApp(*args):
6884   """
6885     GetApp() -> PyApp
6886
6887     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6888     """
6889   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6890
6891 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6892   """
6893     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6894
6895     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6896     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6897
6898     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6899     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6900     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6901     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6902     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6903     """
6904   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6905
6906 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6907   """
6908     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6909
6910     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6911     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6912     """
6913   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6914 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6915
6916 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6917     """
6918     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6919     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6920     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6921     and write the text there.
6922     """
6923     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6924         self.frame  = None
6925         self.title  = title
6926         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6927         self.size   = (450, 300)
6928         self.parent = None
6929
6930     def SetParent(self, parent):
6931         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6932         self.parent = parent
6933
6934
6935     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
6936         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
6937                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
6938         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
6939                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
6940         self.text.AppendText(st)
6941         self.frame.Show(True)
6942         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
6943
6944
6945     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
6946         if self.frame is not None:
6947             self.frame.Destroy()
6948         self.frame = None
6949         self.text  = None
6950
6951
6952     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
6953     def write(self, text):
6954         """
6955         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
6956         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
6957         CallAfter to do the work there.
6958         """
6959         if self.frame is None:
6960             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6961                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
6962             else:
6963                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
6964         else:
6965             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6966                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
6967             else:
6968                 self.text.AppendText(text)
6969
6970
6971     def close(self):
6972         if self.frame is not None:
6973             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
6974
6975
6976     def flush(self):
6977         pass
6978
6979
6980
6981 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6982
6983 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
6984
6985 class App(wx.PyApp):
6986     """
6987     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
6988
6989       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
6990         gui toolkit
6991       * set and get application-wide properties
6992       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
6993         and to dispatch events to window instances
6994       * etc.
6995
6996     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
6997     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
6998     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
6999     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7000
7001     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7002     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7003     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7004
7005     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7006            directly.
7007     """
7008
7009     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7010
7011     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7012                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7013         """
7014         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7015
7016         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7017             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7018             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7019             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7020             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7021             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7022             class of your choosing.)
7023
7024         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7025             redirect is True.
7026
7027         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7028             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7029             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7030             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7031             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7032             toolkit is initialized.
7033
7034         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7035             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7036             GUI apps will.
7037
7038         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7039             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7040             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7041         """
7042         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7043
7044         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7045             try:
7046                 import MacOS
7047                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7048                     print """\
7049 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7050 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7051 your Mac."""
7052                     _sys.exit(1)
7053             except SystemExit:
7054                 raise
7055             except:
7056                 pass
7057
7058         # This has to be done before OnInit
7059         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7060
7061         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7062         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7063         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7064         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7065         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7066         # expected (depending on platform.)
7067         if clearSigInt:
7068             try:
7069                 import signal
7070                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7071             except:
7072                 pass
7073
7074         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7075         self.stdioWin = None
7076         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7077         if redirect:
7078             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7079
7080         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7081         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7082
7083         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7084         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7085         self._BootstrapApp()
7086
7087
7088     def OnPreInit(self):
7089         """
7090         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7091         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7092         that OnInit is called.
7093         """
7094         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7095
7096
7097     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7098         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7099         destroy(self)
7100
7101     def Destroy(self):
7102         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7103         self.thisown = 0
7104
7105     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7106         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7107         if self.stdioWin:
7108             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7109         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7110
7111
7112     def MainLoop(self):
7113         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7114         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7115         self.RestoreStdio()
7116
7117
7118     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7119         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7120         if filename:
7121             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7122         else:
7123             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7124             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7125
7126
7127     def RestoreStdio(self):
7128         try:
7129             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7130         except:
7131             pass
7132
7133
7134     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7135         """
7136         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7137         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7138         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7139         """
7140         if self.stdioWin:
7141             if title is not None:
7142                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7143             if pos is not None:
7144                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7145             if size is not None:
7146                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7152 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7153 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7154 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7155 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7156 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7157 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7158 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7159 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7160 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7161 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7162 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7163
7164 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7165
7166 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7167     """
7168     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7169     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7170     about OnInit.  For example::
7171
7172         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7173         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7174         frame.Show()
7175         app.MainLoop()
7176
7177     :see: `wx.App`
7178     """
7179
7180     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7181                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7182         """
7183         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7184         """
7185         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7186
7187     def OnInit(self):
7188         return True
7189
7190
7191
7192 # Is anybody using this one?
7193 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7194     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7195         self.size = size
7196         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7197
7198     def OnInit(self):
7199         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7200         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7201         return True
7202
7203     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7204         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7205         self.frame.Show(True)
7206
7207 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7208 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7209 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7210 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7211 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7212
7213 class __wxPyCleanup:
7214     def __init__(self):
7215         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7216     def __del__(self):
7217         self.cleanup()
7218
7219 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7220
7221 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7222 ## import atexit
7223 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7224
7225
7226 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7227
7228 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7229
7230 class EventLoop(object):
7231     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7232     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7233     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7234     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7235         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7236         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7237     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7238     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7239     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7240         """Run(self) -> int"""
7241         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7242
7243     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7244         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7245         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7246
7247     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7248         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7249         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7250
7251     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7252         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7253         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7254
7255     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7256         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7257         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7258
7259     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7260         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7261         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7262
7263     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7264     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7265         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7266         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7267
7268     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7269 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7270
7271 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7272   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7273   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7274
7275 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7276   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7277   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7278
7279 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7280     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7281     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7282     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7283     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7284         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7285         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7286     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7287     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7288 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7289
7290 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7291
7292 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7293     """
7294     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7295     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7296     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7297     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7298
7299     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7300     """
7301     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7302     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7303     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7304         """
7305         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7306
7307         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7308         """
7309         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7310     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7311     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7312     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7313         """
7314         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7315
7316         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7317         :see `__init__`
7318         """
7319         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7320
7321     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7322         """
7323         GetFlags(self) -> int
7324
7325         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7326         """
7327         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7328
7329     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7330         """
7331         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7332
7333         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7334         """
7335         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7336
7337     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7338         """
7339         GetCommand(self) -> int
7340
7341         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7342         """
7343         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7344
7345 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7346
7347 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7348     """
7349     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7350     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7351     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7352     supported.
7353     """
7354     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7355     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7356     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7357         """
7358         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7359
7360         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7361         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7362
7363         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7364         """
7365         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7366     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7367     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7368     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7369         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7370         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7371
7372 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7373
7374
7375 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7376   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7377   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7378 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7379
7380 class VisualAttributes(object):
7381     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7382     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7383     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7384     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7385         """
7386         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7387
7388         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7389         """
7390         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7391     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7392     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7393     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7394     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7395     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7396 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7397 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7398 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7399
7400 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7401 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7402 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7403 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7404 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7405 class Window(EvtHandler):
7406     """
7407     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7408     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7409     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7410     appear on screen themselves.
7411
7412     """
7413     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7414     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7415     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7416         """
7417         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7418             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7419
7420         Construct and show a generic Window.
7421         """
7422         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7423         self._setOORInfo(self)
7424
7425     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7426         """
7427         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7428             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7429
7430         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7431         """
7432         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7433
7434     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7435         """
7436         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7437
7438         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7439         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7440         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7441         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7442         """
7443         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7444
7445     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7446         """
7447         Destroy(self) -> bool
7448
7449         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7450         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7451         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7452         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7453         non-existent windows.
7454
7455         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7456         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7457         """
7458         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7459         args[0].thisown = 0
7460         return val
7461
7462     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7463         """
7464         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7465
7466         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7467         destructor.
7468         """
7469         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7470
7471     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7472         """
7473         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7474
7475         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7476         """
7477         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7478
7479     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7480         """
7481         SetLabel(self, String label)
7482
7483         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7484         """
7485         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7486
7487     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7488         """
7489         GetLabel(self) -> String
7490
7491         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7492         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7493         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7494         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7495         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7496         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7497         """
7498         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7499
7500     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7501         """
7502         SetName(self, String name)
7503
7504         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7505         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7506         """
7507         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7508
7509     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7510         """
7511         GetName(self) -> String
7512
7513         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7514         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7515         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7516         """
7517         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7518
7519     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7520         """
7521         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7522
7523         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7524         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7525         """
7526         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7527
7528     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7529         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7530         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7531
7532     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7533         """
7534         SetId(self, int winid)
7535
7536         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7537         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7538         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7539         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7540         """
7541         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7542
7543     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7544         """
7545         GetId(self) -> int
7546
7547         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7548         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7549         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7550         generated.
7551         """
7552         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7553
7554     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7555         """
7556         NewControlId() -> int
7557
7558         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7559         """
7560         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7561
7562     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7563     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7564         """
7565         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7566
7567         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7568         autogenerated) id
7569         """
7570         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7571
7572     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7573     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7574         """
7575         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7576
7577         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7578         autogenerated) id
7579         """
7580         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7581
7582     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7583     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7584         """
7585         SetSize(self, Size size)
7586
7587         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7588         """
7589         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7590
7591     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7592         """
7593         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7594
7595         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7596         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7597         equal to -1.
7598
7599             ========================  ======================================
7600             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7601                                       default should be used.
7602             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7603                                       -1 values are supplied.
7604             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7605                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7606                                       default values.
7607             ========================  ======================================
7608
7609         """
7610         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7611
7612     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7613         """
7614         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7615
7616         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7617         """
7618         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7619
7620     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7621         """
7622         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7623
7624         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7625         """
7626         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7627
7628     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7629         """
7630         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7631
7632         Moves the window to the given position.
7633         """
7634         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7635
7636     SetPosition = Move
7637     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7638         """
7639         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7640
7641         Moves the window to the given position.
7642         """
7643         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7644
7645     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7646         """
7647         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7648
7649         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7650         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7651         """
7652         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7653
7654     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7655         """
7656         Raise(self)
7657
7658         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7659         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7660         """
7661         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7662
7663     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7664         """
7665         Lower(self)
7666
7667         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7668         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7669         """
7670         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7671
7672     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7673         """
7674         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7675
7676         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7677         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7678         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7679         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7680         around panel items, for example.
7681         """
7682         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7683
7684     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7685         """
7686         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7687
7688         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7689         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7690         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7691         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7692         around panel items, for example.
7693         """
7694         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7695
7696     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7697         """
7698         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7699
7700         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7701         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7702         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7703         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7704         around panel items, for example.
7705         """
7706         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7707
7708     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7709         """
7710         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7711
7712         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7713         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7714         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7715         kinds of windows.
7716         """
7717         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7718
7719     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7720         """
7721         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7722
7723         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7724         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7725         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7726         kinds of windows.
7727         """
7728         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7729
7730     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7731         """
7732         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7733
7734         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7735         """
7736         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7737
7738     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7739         """
7740         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7741
7742         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7743         """
7744         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7745
7746     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7747         """
7748         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7749
7750         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7751         a `wx.Rect` object.
7752         """
7753         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7754
7755     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7756         """
7757         GetSize(self) -> Size
7758
7759         Get the window size.
7760         """
7761         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7762
7763     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7764         """
7765         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7766
7767         Get the window size.
7768         """
7769         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7770
7771     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7772         """
7773         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7774
7775         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7776         """
7777         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7778
7779     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7780         """
7781         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7782
7783         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7784         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7785         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7786         """
7787         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7788
7789     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7790         """
7791         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7792
7793         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7794         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7795         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7796         """
7797         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7798
7799     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7800         """
7801         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7802
7803         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7804         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7805         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7806         """
7807         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7808
7809     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7810         """
7811         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7812
7813         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7814         """
7815         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7816
7817     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7818         """
7819         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7820
7821         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7822         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7823         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7824         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7825         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7826         after calling Fit.
7827         """
7828         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7829
7830     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7831         """
7832         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7833
7834         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7835         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7836         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7837         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7838         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7839         after calling Fit.
7840         """
7841         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7842
7843     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7844         """
7845         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7846
7847         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7848         time it is needed.
7849         """
7850         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7851
7852     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7853         """
7854         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7855
7856         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7857         some properties of the window change.)
7858         """
7859         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7860
7861     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7862         """
7863         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7864
7865         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7866         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7867         the results.
7868
7869         """
7870         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7871
7872     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7873         """
7874         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7875
7876         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7877         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7878         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7879         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7880         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7881         tolerate.
7882         """
7883         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7884
7885     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7886         """
7887         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7888
7889         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7890         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7891         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7892         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7893         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7894         relative to the screen.
7895         """
7896         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7897
7898     Centre = Center
7899     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7900         """
7901         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7902
7903         Center with respect to the the parent window
7904         """
7905         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7906
7907     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7908     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7909         """
7910         Fit(self)
7911
7912         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7913         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7914         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7915         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7916         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7917         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7918         instead of calling Fit.
7919         """
7920         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7921
7922     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7923         """
7924         FitInside(self)
7925
7926         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7927         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7928         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7929         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7930         anything if there are no subwindows.
7931         """
7932         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7933
7934     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7935         """
7936         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
7937             int incH=-1)
7938
7939         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7940         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7941         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7942         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7943         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7944         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7945
7946         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7947         """
7948         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7949
7950     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7951         """
7952         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
7953
7954         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7955         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7956         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7957         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7958         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7959         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7960
7961         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7962         """
7963         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7964
7965     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7966         """
7967         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
7968
7969         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7970         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7971         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7972         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7973         """
7974         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7975
7976     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7977         """
7978         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
7979
7980         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7981         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7982         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7983         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7984         """
7985         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7986
7987     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
7988         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
7989         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
7990
7991     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
7992         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
7993         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
7994
7995     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
7996         """
7997         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
7998
7999         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8000         min size.
8001         """
8002         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8003
8004     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8005         """
8006         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8007
8008         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8009         max size.
8010         """
8011         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8012
8013     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8014         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8015         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8016
8017     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8018         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8019         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8020
8021     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8022         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8023         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8024
8025     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8026         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8027         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8028
8029     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8030         """
8031         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8032
8033         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8034         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8035         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8036         """
8037         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8038
8039     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8040         """
8041         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8042
8043         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8044         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8045         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8046         """
8047         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8048
8049     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8050         """
8051         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8052
8053         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8054         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8055         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8056         """
8057         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8058
8059     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8060         """
8061         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8062
8063         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8064         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8065         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8066         """
8067         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8068
8069     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8070         """
8071         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8072
8073         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8074         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8075         """
8076         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8077
8078     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8079         """
8080         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8081
8082         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8083         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8084         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8085         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8086         because it already was in the requested state.
8087         """
8088         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8089
8090     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8091         """
8092         Hide(self) -> bool
8093
8094         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8095         """
8096         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8097
8098     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8099         """
8100         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8101
8102         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8103         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8104         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8105         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8106         window had already been in the specified state.
8107         """
8108         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8109
8110     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8111         """
8112         Disable(self) -> bool
8113
8114         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8115         """
8116         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8117
8118     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8119         """
8120         IsShown(self) -> bool
8121
8122         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8123         """
8124         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8125
8126     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8127         """
8128         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8129
8130         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8131         """
8132         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8133
8134     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8135         """
8136         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8137
8138         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8139         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8140         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8141         immediately.
8142         """
8143         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8144
8145     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8146         """
8147         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8148
8149         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8150         method.
8151         """
8152         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8153
8154     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8155     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8156         """
8157         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8158
8159         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8160         """
8161         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8162
8163     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8164         """
8165         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8166
8167         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8168         windows are only available on X platforms.
8169         """
8170         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8171
8172     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8173         """
8174         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8175
8176         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8177         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8178         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8179         """
8180         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8181
8182     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8183         """
8184         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8185
8186         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8187         """
8188         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8189
8190     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8191         """
8192         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8193
8194         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8195         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8196         effect.
8197         """
8198         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8199
8200     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8201         """
8202         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8203
8204         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8205          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8206          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8207          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8208          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8209          user's selected theme.
8210
8211         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8212         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8213         """
8214         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8215
8216     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8217         """
8218         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8219
8220         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8221         """
8222         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8223
8224     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8225         """
8226         SetFocus(self)
8227
8228         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8229         """
8230         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8231
8232     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8233         """
8234         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8235
8236         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8237         only called internally.
8238         """
8239         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8240
8241     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8242         """
8243         FindFocus() -> Window
8244
8245         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8246         or None.
8247         """
8248         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8249
8250     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8251     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8252         """
8253         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8254
8255         Can this window have focus?
8256         """
8257         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8258
8259     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8260         """
8261         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8262
8263         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8264         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8265         it.
8266         """
8267         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8268
8269     def GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8270         """
8271         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8272
8273         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8274         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8275         """
8276         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8277
8278     def SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8279         """
8280         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8281
8282         Set this child as default, return the old default.
8283         """
8284         return _core_.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8285
8286     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8287         """
8288         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8289
8290         Set this child as temporary default
8291         """
8292         return _core_.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8293
8294     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8295         """
8296         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8297
8298         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8299         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8300         """
8301         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8302
8303     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8304         """
8305         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8306
8307         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8308         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8309         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8310
8311         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8312         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8313         windows.
8314
8315         """
8316         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8317
8318     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8319         """
8320         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8321
8322         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8323         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8324         """
8325         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8326
8327     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8328         """
8329         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8330
8331         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8332         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8333         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8334         do not change.
8335         """
8336         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8337
8338     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8339         """
8340         GetParent(self) -> Window
8341
8342         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8343         """
8344         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8345
8346     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8347         """
8348         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8349
8350         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8351         isn't one.
8352         """
8353         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8354
8355     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8356         """
8357         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8358
8359         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8360         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8361         if they have a parent window).
8362         """
8363         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8364
8365     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8366         """
8367         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8368
8369         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8370         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8371         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8372         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8373         oldParent)
8374         """
8375         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8376
8377     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8378         """
8379         AddChild(self, Window child)
8380
8381         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8382         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8383         """
8384         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8385
8386     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8387         """
8388         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8389
8390         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8391         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8392         programmer.
8393         """
8394         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8395
8396     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8397         """
8398         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8399
8400         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8401         """
8402         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8403
8404     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8405         """
8406         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8407
8408         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8409         """
8410         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8411
8412     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8413         """
8414         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8415
8416         Find a child of this window by name
8417         """
8418         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8419
8420     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8421         """
8422         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8423
8424         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8425         its own event handler.
8426         """
8427         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8428
8429     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8430         """
8431         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8432
8433         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8434         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8435         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8436         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8437         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8438
8439         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8440         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8441         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8442         """
8443         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8444
8445     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8446         """
8447         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8448
8449         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8450         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8451         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8452         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8453         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8454         window classes.
8455
8456         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8457         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8458         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8459         remove the event handler.
8460         """
8461         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8462
8463     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8464         """
8465         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8466
8467         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8468         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8469         destroyed after it is popped.
8470         """
8471         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8472
8473     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8474         """
8475         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8476
8477         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8478         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8479         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8480         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8481         there.)
8482         """
8483         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8484
8485     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8486         """
8487         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8488
8489         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8490         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8491         type.
8492         """
8493         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8494
8495     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8496         """
8497         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8498
8499         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8500         there is none.
8501         """
8502         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8503
8504     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8505         """
8506         Validate(self) -> bool
8507
8508         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8509         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8510         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8511         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8512         """
8513         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8514
8515     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8516         """
8517         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8518
8519         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8520         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8521         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8522         all child windows.
8523         """
8524         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8525
8526     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8527         """
8528         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8529
8530         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8531         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8532         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8533         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8534         """
8535         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8536
8537     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8538         """
8539         InitDialog(self)
8540
8541         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8542         to the dialog via validators.
8543         """
8544         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8545
8546     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8547         """
8548         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8549
8550         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8551         """
8552         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8553
8554     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8555         """
8556         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8557
8558         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8559         """
8560         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8561
8562     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8563         """
8564         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8565
8566         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8567         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8568         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8569         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8570         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8571         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8572         hotkey was registered successfully.
8573         """
8574         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8575
8576     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8577         """
8578         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8579
8580         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8581         """
8582         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8583
8584     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8585         """
8586         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8587
8588         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8589         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8590         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8591         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8592         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8593         then divided by 8.
8594         """
8595         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8596
8597     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8598         """
8599         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8600
8601         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8602         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8603         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8604         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8605         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8606         then divided by 8.
8607         """
8608         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8609
8610     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8611         """
8612         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8613
8614         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8615         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8616         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8617         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8618         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8619         then divided by 8.
8620         """
8621         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8622
8623     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8624         """
8625         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8626
8627         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8628         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8629         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8630         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8631         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8632         then divided by 8.
8633         """
8634         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8635
8636     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8637         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8638         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8639
8640     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8641         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8642         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8643
8644     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8645         """
8646         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8647
8648         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8649
8650         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8651         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8652         """
8653         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8654
8655     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8656         """
8657         CaptureMouse(self)
8658
8659         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8660         release the capture.
8661
8662         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8663         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8664         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8665         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8666         release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
8667         """
8668         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8669
8670     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8671         """
8672         ReleaseMouse(self)
8673
8674         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8675         """
8676         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8677
8678     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8679         """
8680         GetCapture() -> Window
8681
8682         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8683         """
8684         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8685
8686     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8687     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8688         """
8689         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8690
8691         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8692         """
8693         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8694
8695     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8696         """
8697         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8698
8699         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8700         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8701         to the window.
8702         """
8703         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8704
8705     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8706         """
8707         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8708
8709         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8710         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8711         """
8712         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8713
8714     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8715         """
8716         Update(self)
8717
8718         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8719         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8720         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8721         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8722         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8723         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8724         it) unconditionally.
8725         """
8726         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8727
8728     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8729         """
8730         ClearBackground(self)
8731
8732         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8733         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8734         """
8735         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8736
8737     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8738         """
8739         Freeze(self)
8740
8741         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8742         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8743         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8744         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8745         been undone.
8746
8747         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8748         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8749         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8750         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8751         mandatory directive.
8752         """
8753         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8754
8755     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8756         """
8757         Thaw(self)
8758
8759         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8760         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8761         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8762         """
8763         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8764
8765     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8766         """
8767         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8768
8769         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8770         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8771         scroll position.
8772         """
8773         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8774
8775     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8776         """
8777         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8778
8779         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8780         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8781         """
8782         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8783
8784     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8785         """
8786         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8787
8788         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8789         """
8790         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8791
8792     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8793         """
8794         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8795
8796         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8797         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8798         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8799         exposed.
8800         """
8801         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8802
8803     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8804         """
8805         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8806
8807         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8808         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8809         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8810         exposed.
8811         """
8812         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8813
8814     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8815         """
8816         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8817
8818         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8819         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8820         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8821         exposed.
8822         """
8823         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8824
8825     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8826         """
8827         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8828
8829         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8830         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8831         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8832         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8833         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8834         """
8835         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8836
8837     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8838         """
8839         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8840
8841         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8842         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8843         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8844         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8845         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8846
8847         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8848         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8849         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8850         this.
8851         """
8852         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8853
8854     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8855     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8856         """
8857         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8858
8859         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8860         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8861         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8862         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8863         to the default background colour.
8864
8865         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8866         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8867         calling this function.
8868
8869         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8870         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8871         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8872         applications on the system.
8873         """
8874         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8875
8876     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8877         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8878         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8879
8880     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8881         """
8882         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8883
8884         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8885         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8886         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8887         not be used at all.
8888         """
8889         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8890
8891     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8892         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8893         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8894
8895     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8896         """
8897         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8898
8899         Returns the background colour of the window.
8900         """
8901         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8902
8903     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8904         """
8905         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8906
8907         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8908         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8909         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8910         """
8911         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8912
8913     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8914         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8915         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8916
8917     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8918         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8919         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8920
8921     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8922         """
8923         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8924
8925         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8926         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8927
8928             ======================  ========================================
8929             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8930                                     be determined by the system
8931             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8932             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8933                                     application.
8934             ======================  ========================================
8935
8936         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8937         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8938         no effect on other platforms.
8939
8940         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8941         """
8942         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8943
8944     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8945         """
8946         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8947
8948         Returns the background style of the window.
8949
8950         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
8951         """
8952         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8953
8954     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8955         """
8956         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
8957
8958         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
8959         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
8960         background.
8961
8962         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
8963         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
8964         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
8965         correctly.
8966         """
8967         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8968
8969     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8970         """
8971         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
8972
8973         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
8974         for the children of the window implicitly.
8975
8976         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
8977         be reset back to default.
8978         """
8979         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8980
8981     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8982         """
8983         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
8984
8985         Return the cursor associated with this window.
8986         """
8987         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8988
8989     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
8990         """
8991         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
8992
8993         Sets the font for this window.
8994         """
8995         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
8996
8997     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
8998         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
8999         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9000
9001     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9002         """
9003         GetFont(self) -> Font
9004
9005         Returns the default font used for this window.
9006         """
9007         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9008
9009     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9010         """
9011         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9012
9013         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9014         """
9015         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9016
9017     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9018         """
9019         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9020
9021         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9022         """
9023         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9024
9025     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9026         """
9027         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9028
9029         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9030         """
9031         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9032
9033     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9034         """
9035         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9036
9037         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9038         """
9039         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9040
9041     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9042         """
9043         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9044
9045         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9046         """
9047         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9048
9049     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9050         """
9051         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9052            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9053
9054         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9055         current or specified font.
9056         """
9057         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9058
9059     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9060         """
9061         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9062
9063         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9064         """
9065         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9066
9067     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9068         """
9069         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9070
9071         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9072         """
9073         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9074
9075     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9076         """
9077         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9078
9079         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9080         """
9081         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9082
9083     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9084         """
9085         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9086
9087         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9088         """
9089         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9090
9091     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9092         """
9093         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9094
9095         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9096         """
9097         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9098
9099     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9100         """
9101         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9102
9103         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9104         """
9105         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9106
9107     def GetBorder(*args):
9108         """
9109         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9110         GetBorder(self) -> int
9111
9112         Get border for the flags of this window
9113         """
9114         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9115
9116     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9117         """
9118         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9119
9120         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9121         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9122         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9123         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9124         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9125         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9126         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9127         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9128         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9129         in idle time.
9130         """
9131         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9132
9133     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9134         """
9135         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9136
9137         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9138         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9139         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9140         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9141         mouse cursor will be used.
9142         """
9143         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9144
9145     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9146         """
9147         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9148
9149         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9150         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9151         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9152         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9153         mouse cursor will be used.
9154         """
9155         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9156
9157     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9158         """
9159         GetHandle(self) -> long
9160
9161         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9162         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9163         toplevel parent of the window.
9164         """
9165         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9166
9167     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9168         """
9169         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9170
9171         Associate the window with a new native handle
9172         """
9173         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9174
9175     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9176         """
9177         DissociateHandle(self)
9178
9179         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9180         """
9181         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9182
9183     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9184         """
9185         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9186
9187         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9188         """
9189         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9190
9191     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9192         """
9193         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9194             bool refresh=True)
9195
9196         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9197         """
9198         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9199
9200     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9201         """
9202         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9203
9204         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9205         """
9206         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9207
9208     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9209         """
9210         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9211
9212         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9213         """
9214         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9215
9216     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9217         """
9218         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9219
9220         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9221         """
9222         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9223
9224     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9225         """
9226         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9227
9228         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9229         """
9230         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9231
9232     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9233         """
9234         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9235
9236         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9237         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9238         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9239         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9240         """
9241         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9242
9243     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9244         """
9245         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9246
9247         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9248         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9249         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9250         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9251         """
9252         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9253
9254     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9255         """
9256         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9257
9258         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9259         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9260         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9261         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9262         """
9263         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9264
9265     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9266         """
9267         LineUp(self) -> bool
9268
9269         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9270         """
9271         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9272
9273     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9274         """
9275         LineDown(self) -> bool
9276
9277         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9278         """
9279         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9280
9281     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9282         """
9283         PageUp(self) -> bool
9284
9285         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9286         """
9287         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9288
9289     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9290         """
9291         PageDown(self) -> bool
9292
9293         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9294         """
9295         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9296
9297     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9298         """
9299         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9300
9301         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9302         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9303         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9304         """
9305         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9306
9307     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9308         """
9309         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9310
9311         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9312         one.
9313         """
9314         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9315
9316     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9317         """
9318         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9319
9320         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9321         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9322         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9323         """
9324         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9325
9326     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9327         """
9328         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9329
9330         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9331         """
9332         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9333
9334     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9335         """
9336         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9337
9338         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9339         """
9340         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9341
9342     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9343         """
9344         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9345
9346         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9347         """
9348         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9349
9350     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9351         """
9352         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9353
9354         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9355         a drop target, it is deleted.
9356         """
9357         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9358
9359     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9360         """
9361         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9362
9363         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9364         """
9365         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9366
9367     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9368         """
9369         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9370
9371         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9372         Only functional on Windows.
9373         """
9374         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9375
9376     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9377         """
9378         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9379
9380         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9381         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9382         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9383         constraints.
9384
9385         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9386         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9387         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9388         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9389         effect.
9390         """
9391         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9392
9393     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9394         """
9395         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9396
9397         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9398         are none.
9399         """
9400         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9401
9402     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9403         """
9404         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9405
9406         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9407         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9408         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9409         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9410
9411         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9412         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9413         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9414         """
9415         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9416
9417     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9418         """
9419         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9420
9421         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9422         """
9423         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9424
9425     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9426         """
9427         Layout(self) -> bool
9428
9429         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9430         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9431         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9432         handler when the window is resized.
9433         """
9434         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9435
9436     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9437         """
9438         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9439
9440         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9441         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9442         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9443         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9444         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9445         non-None, and False otherwise.
9446         """
9447         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9448
9449     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9450         """
9451         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9452
9453         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9454         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9455         """
9456         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9457
9458     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9459         """
9460         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9461
9462         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9463         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9464         """
9465         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9466
9467     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9468         """
9469         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9470
9471         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9472         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9473         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9474         """
9475         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9476
9477     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9478         """
9479         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9480
9481         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9482         """
9483         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9484
9485     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9486         """
9487         InheritAttributes(self)
9488
9489         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9490         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9491         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9492         colours.
9493
9494         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9495         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9496         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9497         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9498         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9499         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9500         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9501         no matter what and only the font might.
9502
9503         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9504         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9505         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9506         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9507         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9508         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9509         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9510         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9511         parents attributes.
9512
9513         """
9514         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9515
9516     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9517         """
9518         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9519
9520         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9521         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9522         from the parent window.
9523
9524         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9525         wxControl where it returns true.
9526         """
9527         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9528
9529     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9530         """
9531         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9532         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9533         """
9534         self.this = pre.this
9535         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9536         pre.thisown = 0
9537         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9538             self._setOORInfo(self)
9539         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9540             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9541
9542     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9543         self.GetEventhandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9544
9545 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
9546
9547 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9548     """
9549     PreWindow() -> Window
9550
9551     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9552     """
9553     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9554     return val
9555
9556 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9557   """
9558     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9559
9560     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9561     """
9562   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9563
9564 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9565   """
9566     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9567
9568     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9569     autogenerated) id
9570     """
9571   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9572
9573 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9574   """
9575     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9576
9577     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9578     autogenerated) id
9579     """
9580   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9581
9582 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9583   """
9584     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9585
9586     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9587     or None.
9588     """
9589   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9590
9591 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9592   """
9593     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9594
9595     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9596     """
9597   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9598
9599 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9600   """
9601     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9602
9603     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9604     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9605     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9606     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9607     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9608
9609     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9610     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9611     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9612     this.
9613     """
9614   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9615
9616 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9617     """
9618     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9619     dialog units to pixel units.
9620     """
9621     if y is None:
9622         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9623     else:
9624         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9625
9626 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9627     """
9628     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9629     dialog units to pixel units.
9630     """
9631     if height is None:
9632         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9633     else:
9634         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9635
9636
9637 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9638   """
9639     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9640
9641     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9642     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9643     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9644     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9645     """
9646   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9647
9648 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9649   """
9650     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9651
9652     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9653     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9654     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9655     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9656     cases.
9657
9658     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9659     """
9660   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9661
9662 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9663   """
9664     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9665
9666     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9667     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9668     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9669     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9670     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9671     """
9672   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9673
9674 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9675   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9676   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9677
9678 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9679   """
9680     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9681
9682     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9683     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9684     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9685     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9686
9687     """
9688   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9689 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9690
9691 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9692     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9693     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9694     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9695     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9696         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9697         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9698         self._setOORInfo(self)
9699
9700     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9701         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9702         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9703
9704     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9705         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9706         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9707
9708     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9709         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9710         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9711
9712     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9713         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9714         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9715
9716     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9717         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9718         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9719
9720     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9721         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9722         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9723
9724     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9725         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9726         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9727
9728     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9729     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9730         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9731         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9732
9733     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9734 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9735
9736 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9737   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9738   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9739
9740 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9741   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9742   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9743
9744 class PyValidator(Validator):
9745     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9746     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9747     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9748     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9749         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9750         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9751
9752         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9753         self._setOORInfo(self)
9754
9755     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9756         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9757         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9758
9759 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9760
9761 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9762
9763 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9764     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9765     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9766     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9767     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9768         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9769         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9770         self._setOORInfo(self)
9771
9772     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9773         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9774         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9775
9776     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9777         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9778         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9779
9780     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9781         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9782         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9783
9784     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9785         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9786         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9787
9788     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9789         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9790         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9791
9792     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9793         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9794         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9795
9796     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9797         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9798         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9799
9800     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9801         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9802         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9803
9804     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9805         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9806         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9807
9808     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9809         """Break(self)"""
9810         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9811
9812     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9813         """
9814         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9815             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9816         """
9817         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9818
9819     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9820         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9821         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9822
9823     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9824         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9825         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9826
9827     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9828         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9829         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9830
9831     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9832         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9833         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9834
9835     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9836         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9837         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9838
9839     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9840         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9841         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9842
9843     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9844         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9845         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9846
9847     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9848         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9849         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9850
9851     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9852         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9853         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9854
9855     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9856         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9857         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9858
9859     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9860         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9861         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9862
9863     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9864         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9865         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9866
9867     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9868         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9869         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9870
9871     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9872         """
9873         Destroy(self)
9874
9875         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9876         """
9877         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9878         args[0].thisown = 0
9879         return val
9880
9881     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9882         """
9883         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9884
9885         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9886         """
9887         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9888         args[0].thisown = 0
9889         return val
9890
9891     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9892         """
9893         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9894
9895         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9896         """
9897         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9898         args[0].thisown = 0
9899         return val
9900
9901     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9902         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9903         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9904
9905     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9906         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9907         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9908
9909     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9910         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9911         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9912
9913     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9914         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9915         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9916
9917     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9918         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9919         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9920
9921     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9922         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9923         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9924
9925     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9926         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9927         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9928
9929     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9930         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9931         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9932
9933     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9934         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9935         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9936
9937     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9938         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
9939         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9940
9941     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9942         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
9943         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9944
9945     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9946         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
9947         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9948
9949     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9950         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
9951         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9952
9953     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9954         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
9955         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9956
9957     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9958         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
9959         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9960
9961     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9962         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
9963         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9964
9965     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9966         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
9967         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9968
9969     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9970         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
9971         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9972
9973     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9974         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
9975         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9976
9977     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9978         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
9979         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9980
9981     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
9982         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
9983         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
9984
9985     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
9986         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
9987         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
9988
9989     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
9990         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
9991         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
9992
9993     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
9994         """Detach(self)"""
9995         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
9996
9997     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
9998         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
9999         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10000
10001     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10002         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10003         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10004
10005     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10006         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10007         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10008
10009 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10010 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10011
10012 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10013
10014 class MenuBar(Window):
10015     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10016     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10017     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10018     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10019         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10020         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10021         self._setOORInfo(self)
10022
10023     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10024         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10025         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10026
10027     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10028         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10029         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10030
10031     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10032         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10033         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10034
10035     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10036         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10037         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10038
10039     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10040         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10041         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10042
10043     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10044         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10045         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10046
10047     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10048         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10049         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10050
10051     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10052         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10053         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10054
10055     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10056         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10057         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10058
10059     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10060         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10061         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10062
10063     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10064         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10065         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10066
10067     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10068         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10069         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10070
10071     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10072         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10073         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10074
10075     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10076         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10077         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10078
10079     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10080         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10081         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10082
10083     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10084         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10085         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10086
10087     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10088         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10089         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10090
10091     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10092         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10093         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10094
10095     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10096         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10097         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10098
10099     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10100         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10101         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10102
10103     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10104         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10105         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10106
10107     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10108         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10109         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10110
10111     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10112         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10113         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10114
10115     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10116         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10117         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10118
10119     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10120         """Detach(self)"""
10121         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10122
10123     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10124         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10125         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10126
10127     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10128     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10129         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10130         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10131
10132     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10133 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10134
10135 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10136   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10137   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10138
10139 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10140   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10141   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10142
10143 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10144
10145 class MenuItem(Object):
10146     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10147     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10148     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10149     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10150         """
10151         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10152             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10153             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10154         """
10155         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10156     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10157     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10158     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10159         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10160         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10161
10162     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10163         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10164         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10165
10166     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10167         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10168         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10169
10170     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10171         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10172         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10173
10174     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10175         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10176         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10177
10178     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10179         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10180         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10181
10182     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10183         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10184         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10185
10186     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10187         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10188         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10189
10190     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10191         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10192         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10193
10194     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10195     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10196         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10197         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10198
10199     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10200         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10201         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10202
10203     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10204         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10205         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10206
10207     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10208         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10209         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10210
10211     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10212         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10213         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10214
10215     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10216         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10217         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10218
10219     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10220         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10221         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10222
10223     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10224         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10225         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10226
10227     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10228         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10229         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10230
10231     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10232         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10233         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10234
10235     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10236         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10237         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10238
10239     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10240         """Toggle(self)"""
10241         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10242
10243     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10244         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10245         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10246
10247     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10248         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10249         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10250
10251     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10252         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10253         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10254
10255     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10256         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10257         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10258
10259     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10260         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10261         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10262
10263     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10264         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10265         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10266
10267     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10268         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10269         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10270
10271     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10272         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10273         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10274
10275     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10276         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10277         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10278
10279     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10280         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10281         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10282
10283     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10284         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10285         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10286
10287     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10288         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10289         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10290
10291     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10292         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10293         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10294
10295     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10296         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10297         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10298
10299     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10300         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10301         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10302
10303     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10304         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10305         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10306
10307     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10308         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10309         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10310
10311     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10312         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10313         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10314
10315     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10316     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10317         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10318         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10319
10320     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10321         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10322         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10323
10324     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10325         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10326         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10327
10328 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10329
10330 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10331   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10332   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10333
10334 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10335   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10336   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10337
10338 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10339
10340 class Control(Window):
10341     """
10342     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10343
10344     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10345     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10346     """
10347     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10348     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10349     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10350         """
10351         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10352             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10353             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10354
10355         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10356         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10357         """
10358         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10359         self._setOORInfo(self)
10360
10361     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10362         """
10363         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10364             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10365             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10366
10367         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10368         """
10369         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10370
10371     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10372         """
10373         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10374
10375         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10376
10377         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10378
10379         """
10380         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10381
10382     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10383         """
10384         GetLabel(self) -> String
10385
10386         Return a control's text.
10387         """
10388         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10389
10390     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10391         """
10392         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10393
10394         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10395         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10396         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10397         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10398         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10399
10400         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10401         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10402         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10403         this.
10404         """
10405         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10406
10407     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10408 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10409 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10410
10411 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10412     """
10413     PreControl() -> Control
10414
10415     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10416     """
10417     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10418     return val
10419
10420 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10421   """
10422     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10423
10424     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10425     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10426     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10427     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10428     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10429
10430     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10431     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10432     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10433     this.
10434     """
10435   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10436
10437 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10438
10439 class ItemContainer(object):
10440     """
10441     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10442     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10443     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10444     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10445     this one.
10446
10447     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10448     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10449     all conform to the same interface.
10450
10451     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10452     optionally, client data associated with them.
10453
10454     """
10455     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10456     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10457     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10458     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10459         """
10460         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10461
10462         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10463         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10464         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10465         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10466         """
10467         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10468
10469     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10470         """
10471         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10472
10473         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10474         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10475         need to add a lot of items.
10476         """
10477         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10478
10479     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10480         """
10481         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10482
10483         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10484         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10485         """
10486         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10487
10488     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10489         """
10490         Clear(self)
10491
10492         Removes all items from the control.
10493         """
10494         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10495
10496     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10497         """
10498         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10499
10500         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10501         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10502         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10503         than the number of items in the control.
10504         """
10505         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10506
10507     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10508         """
10509         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10510
10511         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10512         """
10513         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10514
10515     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10516         """
10517         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10518
10519         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10520         """
10521         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10522
10523     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10524         """
10525         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10526
10527         Returns the number of items in the control.
10528         """
10529         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10530
10531     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10532         """
10533         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10534
10535         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10536         """
10537         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10538
10539     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10540         """
10541         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10542
10543         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10544         """
10545         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10546
10547     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10548         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10549         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10550
10551     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10552         """
10553         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10554
10555         Sets the label for the given item.
10556         """
10557         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10558
10559     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10560         """
10561         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10562
10563         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10564         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10565         found.
10566         """
10567         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10568
10569     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10570         """
10571         SetSelection(self, int n)
10572
10573         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10574         """
10575         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10576
10577     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10578         """
10579         GetSelection(self) -> int
10580
10581         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10582         is selected.
10583         """
10584         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10585
10586     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10587         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10588         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10589
10590     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10591         """
10592         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10593
10594         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10595         is selected.
10596         """
10597         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10598
10599     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10600         """
10601         Select(self, int n)
10602
10603         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10604         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10605         """
10606         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10607
10608 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10609
10610 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10611
10612 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10613     """
10614     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10615     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10616     that have items.
10617     """
10618     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10619     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10620     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10621 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10622
10623 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10624
10625 class SizerItem(Object):
10626     """
10627     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10628     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10629     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10630     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10631     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10632     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10633     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10634     layout.
10635
10636     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10637     """
10638     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10639     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10640     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10641         """
10642         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10643
10644         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10645         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10646
10647         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10648         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10649         methods are called.
10650
10651         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10652         """
10653         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10654     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10655     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10656     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10657         """
10658         DeleteWindows(self)
10659
10660         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10661         of item.
10662         """
10663         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10664
10665     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10666         """
10667         DetachSizer(self)
10668
10669         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10670         """
10671         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10672
10673     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10674         """
10675         GetSize(self) -> Size
10676
10677         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10678         """
10679         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10680
10681     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10682         """
10683         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10684
10685         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10686         needed by borders.
10687         """
10688         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10689
10690     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10691         """
10692         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10693
10694         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10695         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10696         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10697         account.
10698         """
10699         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10700
10701     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10702         """
10703         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10704
10705         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10706         """
10707         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10708
10709     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10710         """
10711         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10712
10713         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10714         added, if needed.
10715         """
10716         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10717
10718     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10719         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10720         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10721
10722     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10723         """
10724         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10725
10726         Set the ratio item attribute.
10727         """
10728         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10729
10730     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10731         """
10732         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10733
10734         Set the ratio item attribute.
10735         """
10736         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10737
10738     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10739         """
10740         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10741
10742         Set the ratio item attribute.
10743         """
10744         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10745
10746     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10747         """
10748         GetRatio(self) -> float
10749
10750         Set the ratio item attribute.
10751         """
10752         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10753
10754     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10755         """
10756         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10757
10758         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10759         """
10760         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10761
10762     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10763         """
10764         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10765
10766         Is this sizer item a window?
10767         """
10768         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10769
10770     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10771         """
10772         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10773
10774         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10775         """
10776         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10777
10778     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10779         """
10780         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10781
10782         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10783         """
10784         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10785
10786     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10787         """
10788         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10789
10790         Set the proportion value for this item.
10791         """
10792         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10793
10794     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10795         """
10796         GetProportion(self) -> int
10797
10798         Get the proportion value for this item.
10799         """
10800         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10801
10802     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10803     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10804     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10805         """
10806         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10807
10808         Set the flag value for this item.
10809         """
10810         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10811
10812     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10813         """
10814         GetFlag(self) -> int
10815
10816         Get the flag value for this item.
10817         """
10818         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10819
10820     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10821         """
10822         SetBorder(self, int border)
10823
10824         Set the border value for this item.
10825         """
10826         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10827
10828     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10829         """
10830         GetBorder(self) -> int
10831
10832         Get the border value for this item.
10833         """
10834         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10835
10836     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10837         """
10838         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10839
10840         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10841         """
10842         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10843
10844     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10845         """
10846         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10847
10848         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10849         """
10850         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10851
10852     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10853         """
10854         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10855
10856         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10857         """
10858         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10859
10860     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10861         """
10862         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10863
10864         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10865         """
10866         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10867
10868     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10869         """
10870         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10871
10872         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10873         """
10874         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10875
10876     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10877         """
10878         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10879
10880         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10881         """
10882         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10883
10884     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10885         """
10886         Show(self, bool show)
10887
10888         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10889         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10890         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10891         """
10892         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10893
10894     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10895         """
10896         IsShown(self) -> bool
10897
10898         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10899         """
10900         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10901
10902     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10903         """
10904         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10905
10906         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10907         """
10908         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10909
10910     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10911         """
10912         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10913
10914         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10915         isn't any.
10916         """
10917         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10918
10919     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10920         """
10921         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
10922
10923         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
10924         """
10925         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10926
10927 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
10928
10929 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10930     """
10931     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10932         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10933
10934     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
10935     """
10936     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10937     return val
10938
10939 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10940     """
10941     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10942         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10943
10944     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
10945     """
10946     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10947     return val
10948
10949 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10950     """
10951     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10952         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10953
10954     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
10955     """
10956     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10957     return val
10958
10959 class Sizer(Object):
10960     """
10961     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
10962     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
10963     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
10964     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer`
10965     and `wx.GridBagSizer`.
10966
10967     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
10968     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
10969     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
10970     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
10971     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
10972     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
10973     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
10974     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
10975     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
10976     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
10977     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
10978     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
10979     compared to a real window on screen.
10980
10981     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
10982     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
10983     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
10984     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
10985     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
10986     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
10987     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
10988     """
10989     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10990     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10991     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10992     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
10993     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10994     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10995         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
10996         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10997
10998     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
10999         """
11000         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11001             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11002
11003         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11004         """
11005         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11006
11007     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11008         """
11009         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11010             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11011
11012         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11013         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11014         """
11015         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11016
11017     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11018         """
11019         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11020             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11021
11022         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11023         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11024         """
11025         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11026
11027     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11028         """
11029         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11030
11031         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11032         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11033         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11034         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11035         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11036         and removed.
11037         """
11038         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11039
11040     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11041         """
11042         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11043
11044         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11045         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11046         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11047         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11048         was found and detached.
11049         """
11050         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11051
11052     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11053         """
11054         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11055
11056         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11057         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11058         the item to be found.
11059         """
11060         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11061
11062     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11063         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11064         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11065
11066     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11067         """
11068         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11069
11070         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11071         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11072         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11073         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11074         """
11075         if len(args) == 2:
11076             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11077             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11078         else:
11079             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11080
11081     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11082         """
11083         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11084
11085         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11086         """
11087         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11088
11089     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11090         """
11091         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11092
11093         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11094         """
11095         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11096
11097     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11098         """
11099         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11100
11101         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11102         """
11103         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11104
11105     def AddMany(self, items):
11106         """
11107         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11108         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11109         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11110         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11111         """
11112         for item in items:
11113             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11114                 item = (item, )
11115             self.Add(*item)
11116
11117     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11118     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11119         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11120         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11121     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11122         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11123         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11124     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11125         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11126         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11127
11128     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11129         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11130         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11131     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11132         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11133         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11134     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11135         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11136         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11137
11138     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11139         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11140         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11141     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11142         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11143         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11144     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11145         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11146         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11147
11148     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11149         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11150         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11151     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11152         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11153         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11154     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11155         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11156         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11157
11158
11159     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11160         """
11161         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11162
11163         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11164         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11165         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11166         methods.
11167         """
11168         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11169
11170     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11171         """
11172         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11173
11174         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11175         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11176         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11177         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11178         here, depending on which is bigger.
11179         """
11180         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11181
11182     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11183         """
11184         GetSize(self) -> Size
11185
11186         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11187         """
11188         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11189
11190     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11191         """
11192         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11193
11194         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11195         """
11196         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11197
11198     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11199         """
11200         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11201
11202         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11203         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11204         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11205         """
11206         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11207
11208     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11209         return self.GetSize().Get()
11210     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11211         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11212     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11213         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11214
11215     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11216         """
11217         RecalcSizes(self)
11218
11219         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11220         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11221         it is called by `Layout`.
11222         """
11223         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11224
11225     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11226         """
11227         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11228
11229         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11230         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11231         it is called by `Layout`.
11232         """
11233         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11234
11235     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11236         """
11237         Layout(self)
11238
11239         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11240         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11241         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11242         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11243         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11244         removed.
11245         """
11246         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11247
11248     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11249         """
11250         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11251
11252         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11253         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11254         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11255         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11256
11257         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11258         """
11259         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11260
11261     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11262         """
11263         FitInside(self, Window window)
11264
11265         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11266         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11267         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11268         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11269
11270         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11271
11272         """
11273         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11274
11275     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11276         """
11277         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11278
11279         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11280         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11281         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11282         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11283         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11284         required by the sizer.
11285         """
11286         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11287
11288     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11289         """
11290         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11291
11292         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11293         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11294         this will set them appropriately.
11295
11296         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11297
11298         """
11299         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11300
11301     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11302         """
11303         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11304
11305         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11306         as well.
11307         """
11308         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11309
11310     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11311         """
11312         DeleteWindows(self)
11313
11314         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11315         """
11316         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11317
11318     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11319         """
11320         GetChildren(self) -> list
11321
11322         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11323         """
11324         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11325
11326     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11327         """
11328         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11329
11330         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11331         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11332         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11333         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11334         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11335         """
11336         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11337
11338     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11339         """
11340         IsShown(self, item)
11341
11342         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11343         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11344         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11345         the item.
11346         """
11347         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11348
11349     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11350         """
11351         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11352         """
11353         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11354
11355     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11356         """
11357         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11358
11359         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11360         """
11361         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11362
11363 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11364
11365 class PySizer(Sizer):
11366     """
11367     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11368     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11369     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11370     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11371     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11372     For example::
11373
11374         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11375              def __init__(self):
11376                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11377
11378              def CalcMin(self):
11379                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11380                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11381                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11382                       # layout algorithm.
11383                       ...
11384                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11385
11386               def RecalcSizes(self):
11387                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11388                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11389                   size = self.GetSize()
11390                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11391                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11392                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11393                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11394                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11395                       ...
11396                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11397
11398
11399     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11400     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11401     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11402
11403     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11404
11405
11406     """
11407     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11408     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11409     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11410         """
11411         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11412
11413         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11414         class.
11415         """
11416         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11417         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11418
11419     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11420         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11421         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11422
11423 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11424
11425 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11426
11427 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11428     """
11429     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11430     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11431     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11432     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11433     parameter passed to the constructor.
11434     """
11435     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11436     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11437     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11438         """
11439         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11440
11441         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11442         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11443         sizer.
11444         """
11445         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11446         self._setOORInfo(self)
11447
11448     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11449         """
11450         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11451
11452         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11453         """
11454         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11455
11456     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11457         """
11458         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11459
11460         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11461         """
11462         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11463
11464 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11465
11466 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11467
11468 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11469     """
11470     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11471     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11472     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11473     passed to the sizer constructor.
11474     """
11475     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11476     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11477     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11478         """
11479         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11480
11481         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11482         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11483         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11484         """
11485         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11486         self._setOORInfo(self)
11487
11488     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11489         """
11490         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11491
11492         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11493         """
11494         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11495
11496 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11497
11498 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11499
11500 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11501     """
11502     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11503     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11504     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11505     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11506     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11507     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11508
11509     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11510     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11511     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11512     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11513     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11514     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11515
11516     """
11517     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11518     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11519     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11520         """
11521         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11522
11523         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11524         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11525         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11526         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11527         define extra space between all children.
11528         """
11529         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11530         self._setOORInfo(self)
11531
11532     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11533         """
11534         SetCols(self, int cols)
11535
11536         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11537         """
11538         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11539
11540     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11541         """
11542         SetRows(self, int rows)
11543
11544         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11545         """
11546         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11547
11548     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11549         """
11550         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11551
11552         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11553         """
11554         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11555
11556     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11557         """
11558         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11559
11560         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11561         """
11562         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11563
11564     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11565         """
11566         GetCols(self) -> int
11567
11568         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11569         """
11570         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11571
11572     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11573         """
11574         GetRows(self) -> int
11575
11576         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11577         """
11578         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11579
11580     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11581         """
11582         GetVGap(self) -> int
11583
11584         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11585         """
11586         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11587
11588     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11589         """
11590         GetHGap(self) -> int
11591
11592         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11593         """
11594         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11595
11596     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11597         """
11598         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11599
11600         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11601         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11602         in the constructor.
11603         """
11604         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11605         rows = self.GetRows()
11606         cols = self.GetCols()
11607         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11608         if cols != 0:
11609             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11610         elif rows != 0:
11611             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11612         return (rows, cols)
11613
11614 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11615
11616 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11617
11618 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11619 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11620 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11621 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11622     """
11623     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11624     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11625     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11626     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11627     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11628
11629     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11630     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11631     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11632     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11633     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11634     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11635
11636
11637     """
11638     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11639     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11640     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11641         """
11642         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11643
11644         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11645         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11646         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11647         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11648         define extra space between all children.
11649         """
11650         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11651         self._setOORInfo(self)
11652
11653     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11654         """
11655         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11656
11657         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11658         is extra space available to the sizer.
11659
11660         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11661         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11662         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11663         """
11664         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11665
11666     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11667         """
11668         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11669
11670         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11671         """
11672         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11673
11674     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11675         """
11676         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11677
11678         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11679         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11680
11681         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11682         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11683         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11684         """
11685         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11686
11687     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11688         """
11689         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11690
11691         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11692         """
11693         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11694
11695     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11696         """
11697         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11698
11699         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11700         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11701         other value is ignored.
11702
11703             ==============    =======================================
11704             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11705             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11706             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11707                               (this is the default value).
11708             ==============    =======================================
11709
11710         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11711
11712         """
11713         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11714
11715     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11716         """
11717         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11718
11719         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11720         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11721
11722         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11723         """
11724         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11725
11726     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11727         """
11728         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11729
11730         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11731         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11732         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11733
11734             ==========================  =================================================
11735             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11736             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11737                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11738                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11739                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11740             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11741                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11742                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11743             ==========================  =================================================
11744
11745         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11746
11747
11748         """
11749         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11750
11751     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11752         """
11753         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11754
11755         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11756         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11757
11758         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11759         """
11760         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11761
11762     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11763         """
11764         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11765
11766         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11767         rows in the sizer.
11768         """
11769         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11770
11771     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11772         """
11773         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11774
11775         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11776         columns in the sizer.
11777         """
11778         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11779
11780 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11781
11782 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11783     """
11784     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11785     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11786     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11787     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11788     will take care of the rest.
11789
11790     """
11791     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11792     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11793     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11794         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11795         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11796     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11797         """
11798         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11799
11800         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11801         method in the base class.
11802         """
11803         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11804
11805     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11806         """
11807         Realize(self)
11808
11809         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11810         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11811         specifc manner.
11812         """
11813         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11814
11815     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11816         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11817         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11818
11819     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11820         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11821         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11822
11823     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11824         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11825         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11826
11827     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11828         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11829         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11830
11831     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11832         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11833         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11834
11835     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11836         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11837         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11838
11839     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11840         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11841         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11842
11843     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11844         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11845         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11846
11847 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11848
11849 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11850
11851 class GBPosition(object):
11852     """
11853     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11854     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11855     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11856     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11857     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11858     """
11859     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11860     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11861     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11862         """
11863         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11864
11865         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11866         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11867         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11868         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11869         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11870         """
11871         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11872     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11873     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11874     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11875         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11876         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11877
11878     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11879         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11880         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11881
11882     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11883         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11884         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11885
11886     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11887         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11888         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11889
11890     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11891         """
11892         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11893
11894         Compare GBPosition for equality.
11895         """
11896         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11897
11898     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11899         """
11900         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11901
11902         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
11903         """
11904         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11905
11906     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11907         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11908         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11909
11910     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11911         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11912         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11913
11914     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11915     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11916     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11917     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11918     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11919     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11920         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11921         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
11922         else: raise IndexError
11923     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
11924     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
11925     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
11926
11927     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
11928     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
11929
11930 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
11931
11932 class GBSpan(object):
11933     """
11934     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
11935     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
11936     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
11937     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
11938     nearly transparently in Python code.
11939
11940     """
11941     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11942     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11943     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11944         """
11945         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
11946
11947         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
11948         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
11949         cell in each direction.
11950         """
11951         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
11952     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
11953     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11954     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11955         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
11956         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11957
11958     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11959         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
11960         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11961
11962     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11963         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
11964         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11965
11966     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11967         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
11968         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11969
11970     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11971         """
11972         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11973
11974         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
11975         """
11976         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11977
11978     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11979         """
11980         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11981
11982         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
11983         """
11984         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11985
11986     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11987         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
11988         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11989
11990     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11991         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11992         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11993
11994     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11995     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11996     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
11997     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11998     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11999     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12000         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12001         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12002         else: raise IndexError
12003     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12004     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12005     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12006
12007     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12008     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12009
12010 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12011
12012 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12013     """
12014     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12015     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12016     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12017
12018     """
12019     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12020     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12021     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12022         """
12023         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12024
12025         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12026         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12027         item can be used in a Sizer.
12028
12029         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12030         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12031         """
12032         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12033     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12034     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12035     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12036         """
12037         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12038
12039         Get the grid position of the item
12040         """
12041         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12042
12043     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12044     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12045         """
12046         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12047
12048         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12049         """
12050         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12051
12052     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12053     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12054         """
12055         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12056
12057         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12058         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12059         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12060         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12061         """
12062         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12063
12064     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12065         """
12066         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12067
12068         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12069         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12070         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12071         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12072
12073         """
12074         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12075
12076     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12077         """
12078         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12079
12080         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12081         """
12082         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12083
12084     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12085         """
12086         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12087
12088         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12089         """
12090         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12091
12092     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12093         """
12094         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12095
12096         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12097         """
12098         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12099
12100     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12101         """
12102         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12103
12104         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12105         """
12106         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12107
12108     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12109         """
12110         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12111
12112         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12113         """
12114         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12115
12116 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12117 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12118
12119 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12120     """
12121     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12122         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12123
12124     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12125     """
12126     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12127     return val
12128
12129 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12130     """
12131     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12132         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12133
12134     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12135     """
12136     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12137     return val
12138
12139 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12140     """
12141     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12142         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12143
12144     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12145     """
12146     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12147     return val
12148
12149 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12150     """
12151     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12152     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12153     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12154     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12155     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12156     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12157
12158     """
12159     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12160     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12161     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12162         """
12163         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12164
12165         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12166         rows and columns.
12167         """
12168         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12169         self._setOORInfo(self)
12170
12171     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12172         """
12173         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12174         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12175
12176         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12177         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12178         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12179
12180         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12181         position, False if something was already there.
12182
12183         """
12184         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12185
12186     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12187         """
12188         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12189
12190         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12191         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12192         something was already there.
12193         """
12194         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12195
12196     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12197         """
12198         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12199
12200         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12201         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12202         """
12203         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12204
12205     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12206         """
12207         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12208
12209         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12210         """
12211         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12212
12213     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12214         """
12215         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12216
12217         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12218         """
12219         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12220
12221     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12222         """
12223         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12224
12225         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12226         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12227         index of an item.
12228         """
12229         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12230
12231     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12232         """
12233         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12234
12235         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12236         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12237         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12238         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12239
12240         """
12241         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12242
12243     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12244         """
12245         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12246
12247         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12248         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12249         zero-based index of an item.
12250         """
12251         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12252
12253     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12254         """
12255         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12256
12257         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12258         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12259         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12260         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12261         """
12262         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12263
12264     def FindItem(*args):
12265         """
12266         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12267
12268         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12269         not found. (non-recursive)
12270         """
12271         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12272
12273     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12274         """
12275         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12276
12277         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12278         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12279         """
12280         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12281
12282     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12283         """
12284         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12285
12286         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12287         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12288         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12289         layout. (non-recursive)
12290         """
12291         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12292
12293     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12294         """
12295         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12296
12297         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12298         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12299         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12300         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12301         position of.
12302
12303         """
12304         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12305
12306     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12307         """
12308         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12309
12310         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12311         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12312         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12313         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12314         position of.
12315         """
12316         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12317
12318 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12319
12320 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12321
12322 Left = _core_.Left
12323 Top = _core_.Top
12324 Right = _core_.Right
12325 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12326 Width = _core_.Width
12327 Height = _core_.Height
12328 Centre = _core_.Centre
12329 Center = _core_.Center
12330 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12331 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12332 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12333 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12334 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12335 Above = _core_.Above
12336 Below = _core_.Below
12337 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12338 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12339 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12340 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12341 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12342     """
12343     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12344     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12345     You will never need to create an instance of
12346     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12347     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12348     that it contains.
12349     """
12350     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12351     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12352     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12353     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12354         """
12355         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12356
12357         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12358         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12359         """
12360         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12361
12362     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12363         """
12364         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12365
12366         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12367         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12368         other window.
12369         """
12370         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12371
12372     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12373         """
12374         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12375
12376         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12377         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12378         other window.
12379         """
12380         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12381
12382     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12383         """
12384         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12385
12386         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12387         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12388         window.
12389         """
12390         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12391
12392     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12393         """
12394         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12395
12396         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12397         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12398         window.
12399         """
12400         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12401
12402     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12403         """
12404         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12405
12406         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12407         given window, with an optional margin.
12408         """
12409         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12410
12411     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12412         """
12413         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12414
12415         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12416         window, with an optional margin.
12417         """
12418         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12419
12420     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12421         """
12422         Absolute(self, int val)
12423
12424         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12425         """
12426         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12427
12428     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12429         """
12430         Unconstrained(self)
12431
12432         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12433         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12434         """
12435         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12436
12437     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12438         """
12439         AsIs(self)
12440
12441         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12442         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12443         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12444         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12445         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12446         button label.
12447         """
12448         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12449
12450     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12451         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12452         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12453
12454     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12455         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12456         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12457
12458     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12459         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12460         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12461
12462     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12463         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12464         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12465
12466     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12467         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12468         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12469
12470     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12471         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12472         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12473
12474     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12475         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12476         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12477
12478     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12479         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12480         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12481
12482     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12483         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12484         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12485
12486     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12487         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12488         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12489
12490     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12491         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12492         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12493
12494     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12495         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12496         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12497
12498     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12499         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12500         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12501
12502     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12503         """
12504         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12505
12506         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12507         """
12508         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12509
12510     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12511         """
12512         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12513
12514         Try to satisfy constraint
12515         """
12516         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12517
12518     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12519         """
12520         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12521
12522         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12523         is not determinable, -1.
12524         """
12525         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12526
12527 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12528
12529 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12530     """
12531     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12532     instead.
12533
12534     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12535     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12536
12537     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12538     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12539     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12540
12541         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12542         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12543         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12544         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12545         * width: represents the width of the window
12546         * height: represents the height of the window
12547         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12548         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12549
12550     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12551     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12552     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12553     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12554     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12555     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12556     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12557
12558     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12559
12560     """
12561     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12562     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12563     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12564     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12565     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12566     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12567     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12568     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12569     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12570     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12571     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12572         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12573         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12574     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12575     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12576     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12577         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12578         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12579
12580     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12581         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12582         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12583
12584 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12585
12586 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12587
12588 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12589 try:
12590     True
12591 except NameError:
12592     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12593     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12594     def bool(value): return not not value
12595     __builtins__.bool = bool
12596
12597
12598
12599 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12600 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12601 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12602 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12603
12604
12605 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12606 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12607 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12608
12609 from __version__ import *
12610 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12611
12612 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12613 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12614 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12615     import warnings
12616     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12617
12618 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12619
12620 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12621 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12622 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12623 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12624 #
12625 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12626 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12627 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12628 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12629 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12630 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12631
12632 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12633 if default == 'ascii':
12634     import locale
12635     import codecs
12636     try:
12637         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12638         codecs.lookup(default)
12639     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12640         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12641     del locale
12642     del codecs
12643 if default:
12644     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12645 del default
12646
12647 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12648
12649 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12650     pass
12651
12652 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12653     """
12654     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12655     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12656     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12657     """
12658     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12659     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12660
12661     def __repr__(self):
12662         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12663             self._name = "[unknown]"
12664         return self.reprStr % self._name
12665
12666     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12667         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12668             self._name = "[unknown]"
12669         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12670
12671     def __nonzero__(self):
12672         return 0
12673
12674
12675
12676 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12677     pass
12678
12679 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12680     """
12681     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12682     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12683     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12684     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12685     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12686     is ready.
12687     """
12688
12689     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12690     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12691
12692     def __repr__(self):
12693         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12694         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12695         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12696
12697     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12698         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12699         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12700         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12701
12702     def __nonzero__(self):
12703         return 0
12704
12705
12706 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12707
12708 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12709     """
12710     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12711     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12712     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12713     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12714
12715     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12716     """
12717     app = wx.GetApp()
12718     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12719
12720     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12721         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12722         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12723                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12724     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12725     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12726     evt.callable = callable
12727     evt.args = args
12728     evt.kw = kw
12729     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12730
12731 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12732
12733
12734 class FutureCall:
12735     """
12736     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12737     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12738     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12739     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12740
12741     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12742     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12743     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12744     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12745     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12746     object.
12747
12748     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12749     """
12750     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12751         self.millis = millis
12752         self.callable = callable
12753         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12754         self.runCount = 0
12755         self.running = False
12756         self.hasRun = False
12757         self.result = None
12758         self.timer = None
12759         self.Start()
12760
12761     def __del__(self):
12762         self.Stop()
12763
12764
12765     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12766         """
12767         (Re)start the timer
12768         """
12769         self.hasRun = False
12770         if millis is not None:
12771             self.millis = millis
12772         if args or kwargs:
12773             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12774         self.Stop()
12775         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12776         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12777         self.running = True
12778     Restart = Start
12779
12780
12781     def Stop(self):
12782         """
12783         Stop and destroy the timer.
12784         """
12785         if self.timer is not None:
12786             self.timer.Stop()
12787             self.timer = None
12788
12789
12790     def GetInterval(self):
12791         if self.timer is not None:
12792             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12793         else:
12794             return 0
12795
12796
12797     def IsRunning(self):
12798         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12799
12800
12801     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12802         """
12803         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12804         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12805         new call to the same callable object but with different
12806         parameters.
12807         """
12808         self.args = args
12809         self.kwargs = kwargs
12810
12811
12812     def HasRun(self):
12813         return self.hasRun
12814
12815     def GetResult(self):
12816         return self.result
12817
12818     def Notify(self):
12819         """
12820         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12821         """
12822         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12823             self.runCount += 1
12824             self.running = False
12825             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12826         self.hasRun = True
12827         if not self.running:
12828             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12829             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12830
12831
12832
12833 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12834 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12835 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12836 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12837 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12838 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12839 # where they should be used.
12840
12841 class __DocFilter:
12842     """
12843     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12844     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12845     """
12846     def __init__(self, globals):
12847         self._globals = globals
12848
12849     def __call__(self, name):
12850         import types
12851         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12852         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12853             return False
12854         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12855             return False
12856         return True
12857
12858 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12859 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12860
12861 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12862 # "core" wx namespace
12863 from _gdi import *
12864 from _windows import *
12865 from _controls import *
12866 from _misc import *
12867
12868 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12869 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12870
12871
12872